blob: 1f862b19a676952eed2d0016fa812abff819664b [file] [log] [blame]
Peter Maydelld95f2602023-12-12 16:23:13 +00001HXCOMM See docs/devel/docs.rst for the format of this file.
2HXCOMM
Peter Maydell3c95fde2020-03-06 17:17:44 +00003HXCOMM Use DEFHEADING() to define headings in both help text and rST.
4HXCOMM Text between SRST and ERST is copied to the rST version and
5HXCOMM discarded from C version.
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00006HXCOMM DEF(option, HAS_ARG/0, opt_enum, opt_help, arch_mask) is used to
7HXCOMM construct option structures, enums and help message for specified
8HXCOMM architectures.
Peter Maydell3c95fde2020-03-06 17:17:44 +00009HXCOMM HXCOMM can be used for comments, discarded from both rST and C.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +000010
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +020011DEFHEADING(Standard options:)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +000012
13DEF("help", 0, QEMU_OPTION_h,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +000014 "-h or -help display this help and exit\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +000015SRST
16``-h``
17 Display help and exit
18ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +000019
pbrook9bd7e6d2009-04-07 22:58:45 +000020DEF("version", 0, QEMU_OPTION_version,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +000021 "-version display version information and exit\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +000022SRST
23``-version``
24 Display version information and exit
25ERST
pbrook9bd7e6d2009-04-07 22:58:45 +000026
Jan Kiszka80f52a62011-07-23 12:39:46 +020027DEF("machine", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_machine, \
28 "-machine [type=]name[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
Peter Maydell585f6032012-10-04 16:22:01 +010029 " selects emulated machine ('-machine help' for list)\n"
Jan Kiszka80f52a62011-07-23 12:39:46 +020030 " property accel=accel1[:accel2[:...]] selects accelerator\n"
Philippe Mathieu-Daudéb91b0fc2023-06-24 00:52:29 +020031 " supported accelerators are kvm, xen, hvf, nvmm, whpx or tcg (default: tcg)\n"
Don Slutzd1048be2014-11-21 11:18:52 -050032 " vmport=on|off|auto controls emulation of vmport (default: auto)\n"
Luiz Capitulino8490fc72012-09-05 16:50:16 -030033 " dump-guest-core=on|off include guest memory in a core dump (default=on)\n"
Le Tana52a7fd2014-08-16 13:55:40 +080034 " mem-merge=on|off controls memory merge support (default: on)\n"
Tony Krowiak2eb1cd02015-03-12 13:53:51 +010035 " aes-key-wrap=on|off controls support for AES key wrapping (default=on)\n"
Alexander Graf9850c602015-02-23 13:56:42 +010036 " dea-key-wrap=on|off controls support for DEA key wrapping (default=on)\n"
Xiao Guangrong87252e12015-12-02 15:20:58 +080037 " suppress-vmdesc=on|off disables self-describing migration (default=off)\n"
Greg Kurz902c0532016-02-18 12:32:25 +010038 " nvdimm=on|off controls NVDIMM support (default=off)\n"
Tao Xu244b3f42019-12-13 09:19:22 +080039 " memory-encryption=@var{} memory encryption object to use (default=none)\n"
Igor Mammedov8db0b202021-01-21 11:15:04 -050040 " hmat=on|off controls ACPI HMAT support (default=off)\n"
Steve Sistare91792802025-01-15 11:00:32 -080041#ifdef CONFIG_POSIX
42 " aux-ram-share=on|off allocate auxiliary guest RAM as shared (default: off)\n"
43#endif
Jonathan Cameron03b39fc2022-06-08 15:54:33 +010044 " memory-backend='backend-id' specifies explicitly provided backend for main RAM (default=none)\n"
Zhao Liu90df2ca2025-01-10 22:51:14 +080045 " cxl-fmw.0.targets.0=firsttarget,cxl-fmw.0.targets.1=secondtarget,cxl-fmw.0.size=size[,cxl-fmw.0.interleave-granularity=granularity]\n"
46 " smp-cache.0.cache=cachename,smp-cache.0.topology=topologylevel\n",
Jan Kiszka80f52a62011-07-23 12:39:46 +020047 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +000048SRST
49``-machine [type=]name[,prop=value[,...]]``
50 Select the emulated machine by name. Use ``-machine help`` to list
51 available machines.
52
53 For architectures which aim to support live migration compatibility
54 across releases, each release will introduce a new versioned machine
55 type. For example, the 2.8.0 release introduced machine types
56 "pc-i440fx-2.8" and "pc-q35-2.8" for the x86\_64/i686 architectures.
57
58 To allow live migration of guests from QEMU version 2.8.0, to QEMU
59 version 2.9.0, the 2.9.0 version must support the "pc-i440fx-2.8"
60 and "pc-q35-2.8" machines too. To allow users live migrating VMs to
61 skip multiple intermediate releases when upgrading, new releases of
62 QEMU will support machine types from many previous versions.
63
64 Supported machine properties are:
65
66 ``accel=accels1[:accels2[:...]]``
67 This is used to enable an accelerator. Depending on the target
Philippe Mathieu-Daudéb91b0fc2023-06-24 00:52:29 +020068 architecture, kvm, xen, hvf, nvmm, whpx or tcg can be available.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +000069 By default, tcg is used. If there is more than one accelerator
70 specified, the next one is used if the previous one fails to
71 initialize.
72
73 ``vmport=on|off|auto``
74 Enables emulation of VMWare IO port, for vmmouse etc. auto says
Kamil Szczęk702cbdc2024-08-17 15:26:15 +000075 to select the value based on accel and i8042. For accel=xen or
76 i8042=off the default is off otherwise the default is on.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +000077
78 ``dump-guest-core=on|off``
79 Include guest memory in a core dump. The default is on.
80
81 ``mem-merge=on|off``
82 Enables or disables memory merge support. This feature, when
83 supported by the host, de-duplicates identical memory pages
84 among VMs instances (enabled by default).
85
86 ``aes-key-wrap=on|off``
87 Enables or disables AES key wrapping support on s390-ccw hosts.
88 This feature controls whether AES wrapping keys will be created
89 to allow execution of AES cryptographic functions. The default
90 is on.
91
92 ``dea-key-wrap=on|off``
93 Enables or disables DEA key wrapping support on s390-ccw hosts.
94 This feature controls whether DEA wrapping keys will be created
95 to allow execution of DEA cryptographic functions. The default
96 is on.
97
98 ``nvdimm=on|off``
99 Enables or disables NVDIMM support. The default is off.
100
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000101 ``memory-encryption=``
102 Memory encryption object to use. The default is none.
103
104 ``hmat=on|off``
105 Enables or disables ACPI Heterogeneous Memory Attribute Table
106 (HMAT) support. The default is off.
Igor Mammedov8db0b202021-01-21 11:15:04 -0500107
Steve Sistare91792802025-01-15 11:00:32 -0800108 ``aux-ram-share=on|off``
109 Allocate auxiliary guest RAM as an anonymous file that is
110 shareable with an external process. This option applies to
111 memory allocated as a side effect of creating various devices.
112 It does not apply to memory-backend-objects, whether explicitly
113 specified on the command line, or implicitly created by the -m
114 command line option. The default is off.
115
Steve Sistare624e6e62025-01-15 11:00:42 -0800116 To use the cpr-transfer migration mode, you must set aux-ram-share=on.
117
Peter Maydell95355822021-07-19 11:52:57 +0100118 ``memory-backend='id'``
Igor Mammedov8db0b202021-01-21 11:15:04 -0500119 An alternative to legacy ``-mem-path`` and ``mem-prealloc`` options.
120 Allows to use a memory backend as main RAM.
121
122 For example:
123 ::
Peter Maydell95355822021-07-19 11:52:57 +0100124
125 -object memory-backend-file,id=pc.ram,size=512M,mem-path=/hugetlbfs,prealloc=on,share=on
126 -machine memory-backend=pc.ram
127 -m 512M
Igor Mammedov8db0b202021-01-21 11:15:04 -0500128
129 Migration compatibility note:
Peter Maydell95355822021-07-19 11:52:57 +0100130
131 * as backend id one shall use value of 'default-ram-id', advertised by
132 machine type (available via ``query-machines`` QMP command), if migration
133 to/from old QEMU (<5.0) is expected.
134 * for machine types 4.0 and older, user shall
135 use ``x-use-canonical-path-for-ramblock-id=off`` backend option
136 if migration to/from old QEMU (<5.0) is expected.
137
Igor Mammedov8db0b202021-01-21 11:15:04 -0500138 For example:
139 ::
Peter Maydell95355822021-07-19 11:52:57 +0100140
141 -object memory-backend-ram,id=pc.ram,size=512M,x-use-canonical-path-for-ramblock-id=off
142 -machine memory-backend=pc.ram
143 -m 512M
Jonathan Cameron03b39fc2022-06-08 15:54:33 +0100144
145 ``cxl-fmw.0.targets.0=firsttarget,cxl-fmw.0.targets.1=secondtarget,cxl-fmw.0.size=size[,cxl-fmw.0.interleave-granularity=granularity]``
146 Define a CXL Fixed Memory Window (CFMW).
147
148 Described in the CXL 2.0 ECN: CEDT CFMWS & QTG _DSM.
149
150 They are regions of Host Physical Addresses (HPA) on a system which
151 may be interleaved across one or more CXL host bridges. The system
152 software will assign particular devices into these windows and
153 configure the downstream Host-managed Device Memory (HDM) decoders
154 in root ports, switch ports and devices appropriately to meet the
155 interleave requirements before enabling the memory devices.
156
157 ``targets.X=target`` provides the mapping to CXL host bridges
Stefan Weil2cb40d42022-11-10 20:08:25 +0100158 which may be identified by the id provided in the -device entry.
Jonathan Cameron03b39fc2022-06-08 15:54:33 +0100159 Multiple entries are needed to specify all the targets when
160 the fixed memory window represents interleaved memory. X is the
161 target index from 0.
162
163 ``size=size`` sets the size of the CFMW. This must be a multiple of
164 256MiB. The region will be aligned to 256MiB but the location is
165 platform and configuration dependent.
166
167 ``interleave-granularity=granularity`` sets the granularity of
Yuquan Wangaa88f992024-04-07 16:35:39 +0800168 interleave. Default 256 (bytes). Only 256, 512, 1k, 2k,
169 4k, 8k and 16k granularities supported.
Jonathan Cameron03b39fc2022-06-08 15:54:33 +0100170
171 Example:
172
173 ::
174
Yuquan Wangaa88f992024-04-07 16:35:39 +0800175 -machine cxl-fmw.0.targets.0=cxl.0,cxl-fmw.0.targets.1=cxl.1,cxl-fmw.0.size=128G,cxl-fmw.0.interleave-granularity=512
Zhao Liu90df2ca2025-01-10 22:51:14 +0800176
177 ``smp-cache.0.cache=cachename,smp-cache.0.topology=topologylevel``
178 Define cache properties for SMP system.
179
180 ``cache=cachename`` specifies the cache that the properties will be
181 applied on. This field is the combination of cache level and cache
182 type. It supports ``l1d`` (L1 data cache), ``l1i`` (L1 instruction
183 cache), ``l2`` (L2 unified cache) and ``l3`` (L3 unified cache).
184
185 ``topology=topologylevel`` sets the cache topology level. It accepts
186 CPU topology levels including ``core``, ``module``, ``cluster``, ``die``,
187 ``socket``, ``book``, ``drawer`` and a special value ``default``. If
188 ``default`` is set, then the cache topology will follow the architecture's
189 default cache topology model. If another topology level is set, the cache
190 will be shared at corresponding CPU topology level. For example,
191 ``topology=core`` makes the cache shared by all threads within a core.
192 The omitting cache will default to using the ``default`` level.
193
194 The default cache topology model for an i386 PC machine is as follows:
195 ``l1d``, ``l1i``, and ``l2`` caches are per ``core``, while the ``l3``
196 cache is per ``die``.
197
198 Example:
199
200 ::
201
202 -machine smp-cache.0.cache=l1d,smp-cache.0.topology=core,smp-cache.1.cache=l1i,smp-cache.1.topology=core
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000203ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000204
Sean Christophersondfce81f2021-09-28 10:40:58 +0200205DEF("M", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_M,
Yang Zhong11058122021-11-01 12:20:05 -0400206 " sgx-epc.0.memdev=memid,sgx-epc.0.node=numaid\n",
Sean Christophersondfce81f2021-09-28 10:40:58 +0200207 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
208
209SRST
Yang Zhong11058122021-11-01 12:20:05 -0400210``sgx-epc.0.memdev=@var{memid},sgx-epc.0.node=@var{numaid}``
Sean Christophersondfce81f2021-09-28 10:40:58 +0200211 Define an SGX EPC section.
212ERST
Jan Kiszka80f52a62011-07-23 12:39:46 +0200213
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000214DEF("cpu", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_cpu,
Peter Maydell585f6032012-10-04 16:22:01 +0100215 "-cpu cpu select CPU ('-cpu help' for list)\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000216SRST
217``-cpu model``
218 Select CPU model (``-cpu help`` for list and additional feature
219 selection)
220ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000221
KONRAD Frederic8d4e9142017-02-23 18:29:08 +0000222DEF("accel", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_accel,
Paolo Bonzinife174132019-11-13 15:16:44 +0100223 "-accel [accel=]accelerator[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
Philippe Mathieu-Daudéb91b0fc2023-06-24 00:52:29 +0200224 " select accelerator (kvm, xen, hvf, nvmm, whpx or tcg; use 'help' for a list)\n"
Paolo Bonzini46472d82019-11-13 10:56:53 +0100225 " igd-passthru=on|off (enable Xen integrated Intel graphics passthrough, default=off)\n"
Paolo Bonzini11bc4a12019-11-13 10:56:53 +0100226 " kernel-irqchip=on|off|split controls accelerated irqchip support (default=on)\n"
Paolo Bonzini23b08982019-11-13 10:56:53 +0100227 " kvm-shadow-mem=size of KVM shadow MMU in bytes\n"
Peter Maydell3cfb0452023-04-17 17:40:32 +0100228 " one-insn-per-tb=on|off (one guest instruction per TCG translation block)\n"
Richard Hendersona35b3e12020-10-28 20:50:29 -0700229 " split-wx=on|off (enable TCG split w^x mapping)\n"
Paolo Bonzinife174132019-11-13 15:16:44 +0100230 " tb-size=n (TCG translation block cache size)\n"
Peter Xu2ea5cb02021-05-06 12:05:47 -0400231 " dirty-ring-size=n (KVM dirty ring GFN count, default 0)\n"
Shameer Kolothumc8f2eb52023-09-05 10:12:46 +0100232 " eager-split-size=n (KVM Eager Page Split chunk size, default 0, disabled. ARM only)\n"
Chenyi Qiange2e69f62022-09-29 15:20:14 +0800233 " notify-vmexit=run|internal-error|disable,notify-window=n (enable notify VM exit and set notify window, x86 only)\n"
Daan De Meyeraef158b2023-10-21 15:40:15 +0200234 " thread=single|multi (enable multi-threaded TCG)\n"
235 " device=path (KVM device path, default /dev/kvm)\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000236SRST
237``-accel name[,prop=value[,...]]``
238 This is used to enable an accelerator. Depending on the target
Philippe Mathieu-Daudéb91b0fc2023-06-24 00:52:29 +0200239 architecture, kvm, xen, hvf, nvmm, whpx or tcg can be available. By
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000240 default, tcg is used. If there is more than one accelerator
241 specified, the next one is used if the previous one fails to
242 initialize.
243
244 ``igd-passthru=on|off``
245 When Xen is in use, this option controls whether Intel
246 integrated graphics devices can be passed through to the guest
247 (default=off)
248
249 ``kernel-irqchip=on|off|split``
250 Controls KVM in-kernel irqchip support. The default is full
251 acceleration of the interrupt controllers. On x86, split irqchip
252 reduces the kernel attack surface, at a performance cost for
253 non-MSI interrupts. Disabling the in-kernel irqchip completely
254 is not recommended except for debugging purposes.
255
256 ``kvm-shadow-mem=size``
257 Defines the size of the KVM shadow MMU.
258
Peter Maydell3cfb0452023-04-17 17:40:32 +0100259 ``one-insn-per-tb=on|off``
260 Makes the TCG accelerator put only one guest instruction into
261 each translation block. This slows down emulation a lot, but
262 can be useful in some situations, such as when trying to analyse
263 the logs produced by the ``-d`` option.
264
Richard Hendersona35b3e12020-10-28 20:50:29 -0700265 ``split-wx=on|off``
266 Controls the use of split w^x mapping for the TCG code generation
267 buffer. Some operating systems require this to be enabled, and in
268 such a case this will default on. On other operating systems, this
269 will default off, but one may enable this for testing or debugging.
270
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000271 ``tb-size=n``
272 Controls the size (in MiB) of the TCG translation block cache.
273
274 ``thread=single|multi``
275 Controls number of TCG threads. When the TCG is multi-threaded
Michael Tokarevcba42d62021-03-09 14:15:10 +0300276 there will be one thread per vCPU therefore taking advantage of
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000277 additional host cores. The default is to enable multi-threading
278 where both the back-end and front-ends support it and no
279 incompatible TCG features have been enabled (e.g.
280 icount/replay).
Peter Xu2ea5cb02021-05-06 12:05:47 -0400281
282 ``dirty-ring-size=n``
283 When the KVM accelerator is used, it controls the size of the per-vCPU
284 dirty page ring buffer (number of entries for each vCPU). It should
285 be a value that is power of two, and it should be 1024 or bigger (but
286 still less than the maximum value that the kernel supports). 4096
287 could be a good initial value if you have no idea which is the best.
288 Set this value to 0 to disable the feature. By default, this feature
289 is disabled (dirty-ring-size=0). When enabled, KVM will instead
290 record dirty pages in a bitmap.
291
Shameer Kolothumc8f2eb52023-09-05 10:12:46 +0100292 ``eager-split-size=n``
293 KVM implements dirty page logging at the PAGE_SIZE granularity and
294 enabling dirty-logging on a huge-page requires breaking it into
295 PAGE_SIZE pages in the first place. KVM on ARM does this splitting
296 lazily by default. There are performance benefits in doing huge-page
297 split eagerly, especially in situations where TLBI costs associated
298 with break-before-make sequences are considerable and also if guest
299 workloads are read intensive. The size here specifies how many pages
300 to break at a time and needs to be a valid block size which is
301 1GB/2MB/4KB, 32MB/16KB and 512MB/64KB for 4KB/16KB/64KB PAGE_SIZE
302 respectively. Be wary of specifying a higher size as it will have an
303 impact on the memory. By default, this feature is disabled
304 (eager-split-size=0).
305
Chenyi Qiange2e69f62022-09-29 15:20:14 +0800306 ``notify-vmexit=run|internal-error|disable,notify-window=n``
307 Enables or disables notify VM exit support on x86 host and specify
308 the corresponding notify window to trigger the VM exit if enabled.
309 ``run`` option enables the feature. It does nothing and continue
310 if the exit happens. ``internal-error`` option enables the feature.
311 It raises a internal error. ``disable`` option doesn't enable the feature.
312 This feature can mitigate the CPU stuck issue due to event windows don't
313 open up for a specified of time (i.e. notify-window).
314 Default: notify-vmexit=run,notify-window=0.
315
Daan De Meyeraef158b2023-10-21 15:40:15 +0200316 ``device=path``
317 Sets the path to the KVM device node. Defaults to ``/dev/kvm``. This
318 option can be used to pass the KVM device to use via a file descriptor
319 by setting the value to ``/dev/fdset/NN``.
320
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000321ERST
KONRAD Frederic8d4e9142017-02-23 18:29:08 +0000322
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000323DEF("smp", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_smp,
Pierre Morel5de1aff2023-10-16 20:39:06 +0200324 "-smp [[cpus=]n][,maxcpus=maxcpus][,drawers=drawers][,books=books][,sockets=sockets]\n"
Zhao Liu68074872024-04-24 23:49:26 +0800325 " [,dies=dies][,clusters=clusters][,modules=modules][,cores=cores]\n"
326 " [,threads=threads]\n"
Yanan Wang0d871782021-12-28 17:22:08 +0800327 " set the number of initial CPUs to 'n' [default=1]\n"
Daniel P. Berrangéce8ee7c2021-06-22 15:30:43 +0100328 " maxcpus= maximum number of total CPUs, including\n"
Bruce Rogersca1a8a02010-01-06 12:33:57 -0700329 " offline CPUs for hotplug, etc\n"
Pierre Morel5de1aff2023-10-16 20:39:06 +0200330 " drawers= number of drawers on the machine board\n"
331 " books= number of books in one drawer\n"
332 " sockets= number of sockets in one book\n"
Yanan Wang0d871782021-12-28 17:22:08 +0800333 " dies= number of dies in one socket\n"
Yanan Wang864c3b52021-12-28 17:22:09 +0800334 " clusters= number of clusters in one die\n"
Zhao Liu68074872024-04-24 23:49:26 +0800335 " modules= number of modules in one cluster\n"
336 " cores= number of cores in one module\n"
Yanan Wang0d871782021-12-28 17:22:08 +0800337 " threads= number of threads in one core\n"
338 "Note: Different machines may have different subsets of the CPU topology\n"
339 " parameters supported, so the actual meaning of the supported parameters\n"
340 " will vary accordingly. For example, for a machine type that supports a\n"
341 " three-level CPU hierarchy of sockets/cores/threads, the parameters will\n"
342 " sequentially mean as below:\n"
343 " sockets means the number of sockets on the machine board\n"
344 " cores means the number of cores in one socket\n"
345 " threads means the number of threads in one core\n"
346 " For a particular machine type board, an expected CPU topology hierarchy\n"
347 " can be defined through the supported sub-option. Unsupported parameters\n"
348 " can also be provided in addition to the sub-option, but their values\n"
349 " must be set as 1 in the purpose of correct parsing.\n",
350 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000351SRST
Zhao Liu68074872024-04-24 23:49:26 +0800352``-smp [[cpus=]n][,maxcpus=maxcpus][,drawers=drawers][,books=books][,sockets=sockets][,dies=dies][,clusters=clusters][,modules=modules][,cores=cores][,threads=threads]``
Daniel P. Berrangé80d78352021-06-22 16:17:09 +0100353 Simulate a SMP system with '\ ``n``\ ' CPUs initially present on
354 the machine type board. On boards supporting CPU hotplug, the optional
355 '\ ``maxcpus``\ ' parameter can be set to enable further CPUs to be
Yanan Wang7d8c5a32021-09-29 10:58:05 +0800356 added at runtime. When both parameters are omitted, the maximum number
357 of CPUs will be calculated from the provided topology members and the
358 initial CPU count will match the maximum number. When only one of them
359 is given then the omitted one will be set to its counterpart's value.
360 Both parameters may be specified, but the maximum number of CPUs must
Yanan Wang0d871782021-12-28 17:22:08 +0800361 be equal to or greater than the initial CPU count. Product of the
362 CPU topology hierarchy must be equal to the maximum number of CPUs.
363 Both parameters are subject to an upper limit that is determined by
364 the specific machine type chosen.
Daniel P. Berrangé80d78352021-06-22 16:17:09 +0100365
Yanan Wang0d871782021-12-28 17:22:08 +0800366 To control reporting of CPU topology information, values of the topology
367 parameters can be specified. Machines may only support a subset of the
368 parameters and different machines may have different subsets supported
369 which vary depending on capacity of the corresponding CPU targets. So
370 for a particular machine type board, an expected topology hierarchy can
371 be defined through the supported sub-option. Unsupported parameters can
372 also be provided in addition to the sub-option, but their values must be
373 set as 1 in the purpose of correct parsing.
Daniel P. Berrangé80d78352021-06-22 16:17:09 +0100374
375 Either the initial CPU count, or at least one of the topology parameters
Yanan Wangc2511b12021-09-29 10:58:02 +0800376 must be specified. The specified parameters must be greater than zero,
377 explicit configuration like "cpus=0" is not allowed. Values for any
378 omitted parameters will be computed from those which are given.
Yanan Wang0d871782021-12-28 17:22:08 +0800379
380 For example, the following sub-option defines a CPU topology hierarchy
381 (2 sockets totally on the machine, 2 cores per socket, 2 threads per
382 core) for a machine that only supports sockets/cores/threads.
383 Some members of the option can be omitted but their values will be
384 automatically computed:
385
386 ::
387
388 -smp 8,sockets=2,cores=2,threads=2,maxcpus=8
389
390 The following sub-option defines a CPU topology hierarchy (2 sockets
Zhao Liu68074872024-04-24 23:49:26 +0800391 totally on the machine, 2 dies per socket, 2 modules per die, 2 cores per
392 module, 2 threads per core) for PC machines which support sockets/dies
393 /modules/cores/threads. Some members of the option can be omitted but
394 their values will be automatically computed:
Yanan Wang0d871782021-12-28 17:22:08 +0800395
396 ::
397
Zhao Liu68074872024-04-24 23:49:26 +0800398 -smp 32,sockets=2,dies=2,modules=2,cores=2,threads=2,maxcpus=32
Yanan Wang0d871782021-12-28 17:22:08 +0800399
Yanan Wangd55c3162022-01-07 16:32:27 +0800400 The following sub-option defines a CPU topology hierarchy (2 sockets
401 totally on the machine, 2 clusters per socket, 2 cores per cluster,
402 2 threads per core) for ARM virt machines which support sockets/clusters
403 /cores/threads. Some members of the option can be omitted but their values
404 will be automatically computed:
405
406 ::
407
408 -smp 16,sockets=2,clusters=2,cores=2,threads=2,maxcpus=16
409
Yanan Wangc2511b12021-09-29 10:58:02 +0800410 Historically preference was given to the coarsest topology parameters
411 when computing missing values (ie sockets preferred over cores, which
412 were preferred over threads), however, this behaviour is considered
Yanan Wang4a0af292021-09-29 10:58:09 +0800413 liable to change. Prior to 6.2 the preference was sockets over cores
414 over threads. Since 6.2 the preference is cores over sockets over threads.
Yanan Wang0d871782021-12-28 17:22:08 +0800415
416 For example, the following option defines a machine board with 2 sockets
417 of 1 core before 6.2 and 1 socket of 2 cores after 6.2:
418
419 ::
420
421 -smp 2
Yicong Yang97f4eff2022-12-29 14:55:09 +0800422
423 Note: The cluster topology will only be generated in ACPI and exposed
424 to guest if it's explicitly specified in -smp.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000425ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000426
aliguori268a3622009-04-21 22:30:27 +0000427DEF("numa", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_numa,
Tao Xu244b3f42019-12-13 09:19:22 +0800428 "-numa node[,mem=size][,cpus=firstcpu[-lastcpu]][,nodeid=node][,initiator=node]\n"
429 "-numa node[,memdev=id][,cpus=firstcpu[-lastcpu]][,nodeid=node][,initiator=node]\n"
Igor Mammedov2d19c652017-11-28 15:53:58 +0100430 "-numa dist,src=source,dst=destination,val=distance\n"
Liu Jingqi9b12dfa2019-12-13 09:19:23 +0800431 "-numa cpu,node-id=node[,socket-id=x][,core-id=y][,thread-id=z]\n"
Liu Jingqic412a482019-12-13 09:19:24 +0800432 "-numa hmat-lb,initiator=node,target=node,hierarchy=memory|first-level|second-level|third-level,data-type=access-latency|read-latency|write-latency[,latency=lat][,bandwidth=bw]\n"
433 "-numa hmat-cache,node-id=node,size=size,level=level[,associativity=none|direct|complex][,policy=none|write-back|write-through][,line=size]\n",
Igor Mammedov2d19c652017-11-28 15:53:58 +0100434 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000435SRST
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +0000436``-numa node[,mem=size][,cpus=firstcpu[-lastcpu]][,nodeid=node][,initiator=initiator]``
437 \
438``-numa node[,memdev=id][,cpus=firstcpu[-lastcpu]][,nodeid=node][,initiator=initiator]``
439 \
440``-numa dist,src=source,dst=destination,val=distance``
441 \
442``-numa cpu,node-id=node[,socket-id=x][,core-id=y][,thread-id=z]``
443 \
Stefan Weil2cb40d42022-11-10 20:08:25 +0100444``-numa hmat-lb,initiator=node,target=node,hierarchy=hierarchy,data-type=type[,latency=lat][,bandwidth=bw]``
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +0000445 \
446``-numa hmat-cache,node-id=node,size=size,level=level[,associativity=str][,policy=str][,line=size]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000447 Define a NUMA node and assign RAM and VCPUs to it. Set the NUMA
448 distance from a source node to a destination node. Set the ACPI
449 Heterogeneous Memory Attributes for the given nodes.
450
451 Legacy VCPU assignment uses '\ ``cpus``\ ' option where firstcpu and
452 lastcpu are CPU indexes. Each '\ ``cpus``\ ' option represent a
453 contiguous range of CPU indexes (or a single VCPU if lastcpu is
454 omitted). A non-contiguous set of VCPUs can be represented by
455 providing multiple '\ ``cpus``\ ' options. If '\ ``cpus``\ ' is
456 omitted on all nodes, VCPUs are automatically split between them.
457
458 For example, the following option assigns VCPUs 0, 1, 2 and 5 to a
459 NUMA node:
460
461 ::
462
463 -numa node,cpus=0-2,cpus=5
464
465 '\ ``cpu``\ ' option is a new alternative to '\ ``cpus``\ ' option
466 which uses '\ ``socket-id|core-id|thread-id``\ ' properties to
467 assign CPU objects to a node using topology layout properties of
468 CPU. The set of properties is machine specific, and depends on used
469 machine type/'\ ``smp``\ ' options. It could be queried with
470 '\ ``hotpluggable-cpus``\ ' monitor command. '\ ``node-id``\ '
471 property specifies node to which CPU object will be assigned, it's
472 required for node to be declared with '\ ``node``\ ' option before
473 it's used with '\ ``cpu``\ ' option.
474
475 For example:
476
477 ::
478
479 -M pc \
480 -smp 1,sockets=2,maxcpus=2 \
481 -numa node,nodeid=0 -numa node,nodeid=1 \
482 -numa cpu,node-id=0,socket-id=0 -numa cpu,node-id=1,socket-id=1
483
Yohei Kojima4f513982023-04-24 10:22:45 +0100484 '\ ``memdev``\ ' option assigns RAM from a given memory backend
485 device to a node. It is recommended to use '\ ``memdev``\ ' option
486 over legacy '\ ``mem``\ ' option. This is because '\ ``memdev``\ '
487 option provides better performance and more control over the
488 backend's RAM (e.g. '\ ``prealloc``\ ' parameter of
489 '\ ``-memory-backend-ram``\ ' allows memory preallocation).
Igor Mammedov32a354d2020-06-09 09:56:35 -0400490
Yohei Kojima4f513982023-04-24 10:22:45 +0100491 For compatibility reasons, legacy '\ ``mem``\ ' option is
492 supported in 5.0 and older machine types. Note that '\ ``mem``\ '
493 and '\ ``memdev``\ ' are mutually exclusive. If one node uses
494 '\ ``memdev``\ ', the rest nodes have to use '\ ``memdev``\ '
495 option, and vice versa.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000496
Yohei Kojima4f513982023-04-24 10:22:45 +0100497 Users must specify memory for all NUMA nodes by '\ ``memdev``\ '
498 (or legacy '\ ``mem``\ ' if available). In QEMU 5.2, the support
499 for '\ ``-numa node``\ ' without memory specified was removed.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000500
501 '\ ``initiator``\ ' is an additional option that points to an
502 initiator NUMA node that has best performance (the lowest latency or
503 largest bandwidth) to this NUMA node. Note that this option can be
504 set only when the machine property 'hmat' is set to 'on'.
505
506 Following example creates a machine with 2 NUMA nodes, node 0 has
507 CPU. node 1 has only memory, and its initiator is node 0. Note that
508 because node 0 has CPU, by default the initiator of node 0 is itself
509 and must be itself.
510
511 ::
512
513 -machine hmat=on \
514 -m 2G,slots=2,maxmem=4G \
515 -object memory-backend-ram,size=1G,id=m0 \
516 -object memory-backend-ram,size=1G,id=m1 \
517 -numa node,nodeid=0,memdev=m0 \
518 -numa node,nodeid=1,memdev=m1,initiator=0 \
519 -smp 2,sockets=2,maxcpus=2 \
520 -numa cpu,node-id=0,socket-id=0 \
521 -numa cpu,node-id=0,socket-id=1
522
523 source and destination are NUMA node IDs. distance is the NUMA
524 distance from source to destination. The distance from a node to
525 itself is always 10. If any pair of nodes is given a distance, then
526 all pairs must be given distances. Although, when distances are only
527 given in one direction for each pair of nodes, then the distances in
528 the opposite directions are assumed to be the same. If, however, an
529 asymmetrical pair of distances is given for even one node pair, then
530 all node pairs must be provided distance values for both directions,
531 even when they are symmetrical. When a node is unreachable from
532 another node, set the pair's distance to 255.
533
534 Note that the -``numa`` option doesn't allocate any of the specified
535 resources, it just assigns existing resources to NUMA nodes. This
536 means that one still has to use the ``-m``, ``-smp`` options to
537 allocate RAM and VCPUs respectively.
538
539 Use '\ ``hmat-lb``\ ' to set System Locality Latency and Bandwidth
540 Information between initiator and target NUMA nodes in ACPI
541 Heterogeneous Attribute Memory Table (HMAT). Initiator NUMA node can
542 create memory requests, usually it has one or more processors.
543 Target NUMA node contains addressable memory.
544
545 In '\ ``hmat-lb``\ ' option, node are NUMA node IDs. hierarchy is
546 the memory hierarchy of the target NUMA node: if hierarchy is
547 'memory', the structure represents the memory performance; if
548 hierarchy is 'first-level\|second-level\|third-level', this
549 structure represents aggregated performance of memory side caches
550 for each domain. type of 'data-type' is type of data represented by
551 this structure instance: if 'hierarchy' is 'memory', 'data-type' is
552 'access\|read\|write' latency or 'access\|read\|write' bandwidth of
553 the target memory; if 'hierarchy' is
554 'first-level\|second-level\|third-level', 'data-type' is
555 'access\|read\|write' hit latency or 'access\|read\|write' hit
556 bandwidth of the target memory side cache.
557
558 lat is latency value in nanoseconds. bw is bandwidth value, the
559 possible value and units are NUM[M\|G\|T], mean that the bandwidth
560 value are NUM byte per second (or MB/s, GB/s or TB/s depending on
561 used suffix). Note that if latency or bandwidth value is 0, means
562 the corresponding latency or bandwidth information is not provided.
563
564 In '\ ``hmat-cache``\ ' option, node-id is the NUMA-id of the memory
565 belongs. size is the size of memory side cache in bytes. level is
566 the cache level described in this structure, note that the cache
567 level 0 should not be used with '\ ``hmat-cache``\ ' option.
568 associativity is the cache associativity, the possible value is
569 'none/direct(direct-mapped)/complex(complex cache indexing)'. policy
570 is the write policy. line is the cache Line size in bytes.
571
572 For example, the following options describe 2 NUMA nodes. Node 0 has
573 2 cpus and a ram, node 1 has only a ram. The processors in node 0
574 access memory in node 0 with access-latency 5 nanoseconds,
575 access-bandwidth is 200 MB/s; The processors in NUMA node 0 access
576 memory in NUMA node 1 with access-latency 10 nanoseconds,
577 access-bandwidth is 100 MB/s. And for memory side cache information,
578 NUMA node 0 and 1 both have 1 level memory cache, size is 10KB,
579 policy is write-back, the cache Line size is 8 bytes:
580
581 ::
582
583 -machine hmat=on \
584 -m 2G \
585 -object memory-backend-ram,size=1G,id=m0 \
586 -object memory-backend-ram,size=1G,id=m1 \
Yanan Wang848dd262021-09-28 20:11:34 +0800587 -smp 2,sockets=2,maxcpus=2 \
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000588 -numa node,nodeid=0,memdev=m0 \
589 -numa node,nodeid=1,memdev=m1,initiator=0 \
590 -numa cpu,node-id=0,socket-id=0 \
591 -numa cpu,node-id=0,socket-id=1 \
592 -numa hmat-lb,initiator=0,target=0,hierarchy=memory,data-type=access-latency,latency=5 \
593 -numa hmat-lb,initiator=0,target=0,hierarchy=memory,data-type=access-bandwidth,bandwidth=200M \
594 -numa hmat-lb,initiator=0,target=1,hierarchy=memory,data-type=access-latency,latency=10 \
595 -numa hmat-lb,initiator=0,target=1,hierarchy=memory,data-type=access-bandwidth,bandwidth=100M \
596 -numa hmat-cache,node-id=0,size=10K,level=1,associativity=direct,policy=write-back,line=8 \
597 -numa hmat-cache,node-id=1,size=10K,level=1,associativity=direct,policy=write-back,line=8
598ERST
aliguori268a3622009-04-21 22:30:27 +0000599
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100600DEF("add-fd", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_add_fd,
601 "-add-fd fd=fd,set=set[,opaque=opaque]\n"
602 " Add 'fd' to fd 'set'\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000603SRST
604``-add-fd fd=fd,set=set[,opaque=opaque]``
605 Add a file descriptor to an fd set. Valid options are:
606
607 ``fd=fd``
608 This option defines the file descriptor of which a duplicate is
609 added to fd set. The file descriptor cannot be stdin, stdout, or
610 stderr.
611
612 ``set=set``
613 This option defines the ID of the fd set to add the file
614 descriptor to.
615
616 ``opaque=opaque``
617 This option defines a free-form string that can be used to
618 describe fd.
619
620 You can open an image using pre-opened file descriptors from an fd
621 set:
622
623 .. parsed-literal::
624
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +0200625 |qemu_system| \\
626 -add-fd fd=3,set=2,opaque="rdwr:/path/to/file" \\
627 -add-fd fd=4,set=2,opaque="rdonly:/path/to/file" \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000628 -drive file=/dev/fdset/2,index=0,media=disk
629ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100630
631DEF("set", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_set,
632 "-set group.id.arg=value\n"
633 " set <arg> parameter for item <id> of type <group>\n"
634 " i.e. -set drive.$id.file=/path/to/image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000635SRST
636``-set group.id.arg=value``
637 Set parameter arg for item id of type group
638ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100639
640DEF("global", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_global,
Paolo Bonzini3751d7c2015-04-09 14:16:19 +0200641 "-global driver.property=value\n"
642 "-global driver=driver,property=property,value=value\n"
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100643 " set a global default for a driver property\n",
644 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000645SRST
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +0000646``-global driver.prop=value``
647 \
648``-global driver=driver,property=property,value=value``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000649 Set default value of driver's property prop to value, e.g.:
650
651 .. parsed-literal::
652
653 |qemu_system_x86| -global ide-hd.physical_block_size=4096 disk-image.img
654
655 In particular, you can use this to set driver properties for devices
656 which are created automatically by the machine model. To create a
657 device which is not created automatically and set properties on it,
658 use -``device``.
659
660 -global driver.prop=value is shorthand for -global
661 driver=driver,property=prop,value=value. The longhand syntax works
662 even when driver contains a dot.
663ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100664
665DEF("boot", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_boot,
666 "-boot [order=drives][,once=drives][,menu=on|off]\n"
Amos Kongc8a6ae82013-03-19 14:23:27 +0800667 " [,splash=sp_name][,splash-time=sp_time][,reboot-timeout=rb_time][,strict=on|off]\n"
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100668 " 'drives': floppy (a), hard disk (c), CD-ROM (d), network (n)\n"
669 " 'sp_name': the file's name that would be passed to bios as logo picture, if menu=on\n"
670 " 'sp_time': the period that splash picture last if menu=on, unit is ms\n"
671 " 'rb_timeout': the timeout before guest reboot when boot failed, unit is ms\n",
672 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000673SRST
674``-boot [order=drives][,once=drives][,menu=on|off][,splash=sp_name][,splash-time=sp_time][,reboot-timeout=rb_timeout][,strict=on|off]``
675 Specify boot order drives as a string of drive letters. Valid drive
676 letters depend on the target architecture. The x86 PC uses: a, b
677 (floppy 1 and 2), c (first hard disk), d (first CD-ROM), n-p
678 (Etherboot from network adapter 1-4), hard disk boot is the default.
679 To apply a particular boot order only on the first startup, specify
680 it via ``once``. Note that the ``order`` or ``once`` parameter
681 should not be used together with the ``bootindex`` property of
682 devices, since the firmware implementations normally do not support
683 both at the same time.
684
685 Interactive boot menus/prompts can be enabled via ``menu=on`` as far
686 as firmware/BIOS supports them. The default is non-interactive boot.
687
688 A splash picture could be passed to bios, enabling user to show it
689 as logo, when option splash=sp\_name is given and menu=on, If
690 firmware/BIOS supports them. Currently Seabios for X86 system
691 support it. limitation: The splash file could be a jpeg file or a
692 BMP file in 24 BPP format(true color). The resolution should be
693 supported by the SVGA mode, so the recommended is 320x240, 640x480,
694 800x640.
695
696 A timeout could be passed to bios, guest will pause for rb\_timeout
697 ms when boot failed, then reboot. If rb\_timeout is '-1', guest will
698 not reboot, qemu passes '-1' to bios by default. Currently Seabios
699 for X86 system support it.
700
701 Do strict boot via ``strict=on`` as far as firmware/BIOS supports
702 it. This only effects when boot priority is changed by bootindex
703 options. The default is non-strict boot.
704
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +0000705 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000706
707 # try to boot from network first, then from hard disk
708 |qemu_system_x86| -boot order=nc
709 # boot from CD-ROM first, switch back to default order after reboot
710 |qemu_system_x86| -boot once=d
711 # boot with a splash picture for 5 seconds.
712 |qemu_system_x86| -boot menu=on,splash=/root/boot.bmp,splash-time=5000
713
714 Note: The legacy format '-boot drives' is still supported but its
715 use is discouraged as it may be removed from future versions.
716ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100717
718DEF("m", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_m,
Michael Tokarev89f3ea22016-11-10 17:51:32 +0300719 "-m [size=]megs[,slots=n,maxmem=size]\n"
Igor Mammedov6e1d3c12013-11-27 01:27:35 +0100720 " configure guest RAM\n"
Alexander Graf0daba1f2015-06-05 11:05:03 +0200721 " size: initial amount of guest memory\n"
Igor Mammedovc270fb92014-06-02 15:25:02 +0200722 " slots: number of hotplug slots (default: none)\n"
Matthew Rosatob6fe0122014-08-28 11:25:33 -0400723 " maxmem: maximum amount of guest memory (default: none)\n"
Thomas Hutha635bcf2023-07-03 09:56:46 +0200724 " Note: Some architectures might enforce a specific granularity\n",
Igor Mammedov6e1d3c12013-11-27 01:27:35 +0100725 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000726SRST
727``-m [size=]megs[,slots=n,maxmem=size]``
728 Sets guest startup RAM size to megs megabytes. Default is 128 MiB.
729 Optionally, a suffix of "M" or "G" can be used to signify a value in
730 megabytes or gigabytes respectively. Optional pair slots, maxmem
731 could be used to set amount of hotpluggable memory slots and maximum
732 amount of memory. Note that maxmem must be aligned to the page size.
733
734 For example, the following command-line sets the guest startup RAM
735 size to 1GB, creates 3 slots to hotplug additional memory and sets
736 the maximum memory the guest can reach to 4GB:
737
738 .. parsed-literal::
739
740 |qemu_system| -m 1G,slots=3,maxmem=4G
741
742 If slots and maxmem are not specified, memory hotplug won't be
743 enabled and the guest startup RAM will never increase.
744ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100745
746DEF("mem-path", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_mempath,
747 "-mem-path FILE provide backing storage for guest RAM\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000748SRST
749``-mem-path path``
750 Allocate guest RAM from a temporarily created file in path.
751ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100752
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100753DEF("mem-prealloc", 0, QEMU_OPTION_mem_prealloc,
754 "-mem-prealloc preallocate guest memory (use with -mem-path)\n",
755 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000756SRST
757``-mem-prealloc``
758 Preallocate memory when using -mem-path.
759ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100760
761DEF("k", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_k,
762 "-k language use keyboard layout (for example 'fr' for French)\n",
763 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000764SRST
765``-k language``
766 Use keyboard layout language (for example ``fr`` for French). This
767 option is only needed where it is not easy to get raw PC keycodes
768 (e.g. on Macs, with some X11 servers or with a VNC or curses
769 display). You don't normally need to use it on PC/Linux or
770 PC/Windows hosts.
771
772 The available layouts are:
773
774 ::
775
776 ar de-ch es fo fr-ca hu ja mk no pt-br sv
777 da en-gb et fr fr-ch is lt nl pl ru th
778 de en-us fi fr-be hr it lv nl-be pt sl tr
779
780 The default is ``en-us``.
781ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100782
783
Paolo Bonzini039a6832022-04-27 12:27:46 +0200784DEF("audio", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_audio,
Paolo Bonzini1ebdbff2023-09-21 10:23:58 +0200785 "-audio [driver=]driver[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
786 " specifies default audio backend when `audiodev` is not\n"
787 " used to create a machine or sound device;"
788 " options are the same as for -audiodev\n"
Paolo Bonzini039a6832022-04-27 12:27:46 +0200789 "-audio [driver=]driver,model=value[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
790 " specifies the audio backend and device to use;\n"
791 " apart from 'model', options are the same as for -audiodev.\n"
792 " use '-audio model=help' to show possible devices.\n",
793 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
794SRST
Paolo Bonzini1ebdbff2023-09-21 10:23:58 +0200795``-audio [driver=]driver[,model=value][,prop[=value][,...]]``
796 If the ``model`` option is specified, ``-audio`` is a shortcut
797 for configuring both the guest audio hardware and the host audio
798 backend in one go. The guest hardware model can be set with
799 ``model=modelname``. Use ``model=help`` to list the available
800 device types.
Paolo Bonzini039a6832022-04-27 12:27:46 +0200801
802 The following two example do exactly the same, to show how ``-audio``
803 can be used to shorten the command line length:
804
805 .. parsed-literal::
806
807 |qemu_system| -audiodev pa,id=pa -device sb16,audiodev=pa
808 |qemu_system| -audio pa,model=sb16
Paolo Bonzini1ebdbff2023-09-21 10:23:58 +0200809
810 If the ``model`` option is not specified, ``-audio`` is used to
811 configure a default audio backend that will be used whenever the
812 ``audiodev`` property is not set on a device or machine. In
813 particular, ``-audio none`` ensures that no audio is produced even
814 for machines that have embedded sound hardware.
815
816 In both cases, the driver option is the same as with the corresponding
817 ``-audiodev`` option below. Use ``driver=help`` to list the available
818 drivers.
819
Paolo Bonzini039a6832022-04-27 12:27:46 +0200820ERST
821
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100822DEF("audiodev", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_audiodev,
823 "-audiodev [driver=]driver,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
824 " specifies the audio backend to use\n"
Claudio Fontana5e03b6d2022-09-08 10:14:41 +0200825 " Use ``-audiodev help`` to list the available drivers\n"
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100826 " id= identifier of the backend\n"
827 " timer-period= timer period in microseconds\n"
Kővágó, Zoltán8efac072019-10-13 21:57:58 +0200828 " in|out.mixing-engine= use mixing engine to mix streams inside QEMU\n"
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100829 " in|out.fixed-settings= use fixed settings for host audio\n"
830 " in|out.frequency= frequency to use with fixed settings\n"
831 " in|out.channels= number of channels to use with fixed settings\n"
832 " in|out.format= sample format to use with fixed settings\n"
Volker Rümelin49f77e62020-03-08 20:33:21 +0100833 " valid values: s8, s16, s32, u8, u16, u32, f32\n"
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100834 " in|out.voices= number of voices to use\n"
Stefan Hajnoczi86247252019-09-18 10:53:33 +0100835 " in|out.buffer-length= length of buffer in microseconds\n"
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100836 "-audiodev none,id=id,[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
837 " dummy driver that discards all output\n"
838#ifdef CONFIG_AUDIO_ALSA
839 "-audiodev alsa,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
840 " in|out.dev= name of the audio device to use\n"
Stefan Hajnoczidfc54342019-09-18 10:53:35 +0100841 " in|out.period-length= length of period in microseconds\n"
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100842 " in|out.try-poll= attempt to use poll mode\n"
843 " threshold= threshold (in microseconds) when playback starts\n"
844#endif
845#ifdef CONFIG_AUDIO_COREAUDIO
846 "-audiodev coreaudio,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
847 " in|out.buffer-count= number of buffers\n"
848#endif
849#ifdef CONFIG_AUDIO_DSOUND
850 "-audiodev dsound,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
851 " latency= add extra latency to playback in microseconds\n"
852#endif
853#ifdef CONFIG_AUDIO_OSS
854 "-audiodev oss,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
855 " in|out.dev= path of the audio device to use\n"
856 " in|out.buffer-count= number of buffers\n"
857 " in|out.try-poll= attempt to use poll mode\n"
858 " try-mmap= try using memory mapped access\n"
859 " exclusive= open device in exclusive mode\n"
860 " dsp-policy= set timing policy (0..10), -1 to use fragment mode\n"
861#endif
862#ifdef CONFIG_AUDIO_PA
863 "-audiodev pa,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
864 " server= PulseAudio server address\n"
865 " in|out.name= source/sink device name\n"
Stefan Hajnoczi14d4f012019-10-04 13:56:41 +0100866 " in|out.latency= desired latency in microseconds\n"
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100867#endif
Dorinda Basseyc2d3d1c2023-04-17 12:56:54 +0200868#ifdef CONFIG_AUDIO_PIPEWIRE
869 "-audiodev pipewire,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
870 " in|out.name= source/sink device name\n"
871 " in|out.stream-name= name of pipewire stream\n"
872 " in|out.latency= desired latency in microseconds\n"
873#endif
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100874#ifdef CONFIG_AUDIO_SDL
875 "-audiodev sdl,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
Volker Rümelin5a0926c2021-01-10 11:02:19 +0100876 " in|out.buffer-count= number of buffers\n"
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100877#endif
Alexandre Ratchov663df1c2022-09-07 15:23:42 +0200878#ifdef CONFIG_AUDIO_SNDIO
879 "-audiodev sndio,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
880#endif
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100881#ifdef CONFIG_SPICE
882 "-audiodev spice,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
883#endif
Marc-André Lureau739362d2021-03-09 17:15:28 +0400884#ifdef CONFIG_DBUS_DISPLAY
885 "-audiodev dbus,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
886#endif
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100887 "-audiodev wav,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
888 " path= path of wav file to record\n",
889 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000890SRST
891``-audiodev [driver=]driver,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]``
892 Adds a new audio backend driver identified by id. There are global
893 and driver specific properties. Some values can be set differently
894 for input and output, they're marked with ``in|out.``. You can set
895 the input's property with ``in.prop`` and the output's property with
896 ``out.prop``. For example:
897
898 ::
899
900 -audiodev alsa,id=example,in.frequency=44110,out.frequency=8000
901 -audiodev alsa,id=example,out.channels=1 # leaves in.channels unspecified
902
903 NOTE: parameter validation is known to be incomplete, in many cases
904 specifying an invalid option causes QEMU to print an error message
905 and continue emulation without sound.
906
907 Valid global options are:
908
909 ``id=identifier``
910 Identifies the audio backend.
911
912 ``timer-period=period``
913 Sets the timer period used by the audio subsystem in
914 microseconds. Default is 10000 (10 ms).
915
916 ``in|out.mixing-engine=on|off``
917 Use QEMU's mixing engine to mix all streams inside QEMU and
918 convert audio formats when not supported by the backend. When
919 off, fixed-settings must be off too. Note that disabling this
920 option means that the selected backend must support multiple
921 streams and the audio formats used by the virtual cards,
922 otherwise you'll get no sound. It's not recommended to disable
923 this option unless you want to use 5.1 or 7.1 audio, as mixing
924 engine only supports mono and stereo audio. Default is on.
925
926 ``in|out.fixed-settings=on|off``
927 Use fixed settings for host audio. When off, it will change
928 based on how the guest opens the sound card. In this case you
929 must not specify frequency, channels or format. Default is on.
930
931 ``in|out.frequency=frequency``
932 Specify the frequency to use when using fixed-settings. Default
933 is 44100Hz.
934
935 ``in|out.channels=channels``
936 Specify the number of channels to use when using fixed-settings.
937 Default is 2 (stereo).
938
939 ``in|out.format=format``
940 Specify the sample format to use when using fixed-settings.
941 Valid values are: ``s8``, ``s16``, ``s32``, ``u8``, ``u16``,
Volker Rümelin49f77e62020-03-08 20:33:21 +0100942 ``u32``, ``f32``. Default is ``s16``.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000943
944 ``in|out.voices=voices``
945 Specify the number of voices to use. Default is 1.
946
947 ``in|out.buffer-length=usecs``
948 Sets the size of the buffer in microseconds.
949
950``-audiodev none,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]``
951 Creates a dummy backend that discards all outputs. This backend has
952 no backend specific properties.
953
954``-audiodev alsa,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]``
955 Creates backend using the ALSA. This backend is only available on
956 Linux.
957
958 ALSA specific options are:
959
960 ``in|out.dev=device``
961 Specify the ALSA device to use for input and/or output. Default
962 is ``default``.
963
964 ``in|out.period-length=usecs``
965 Sets the period length in microseconds.
966
967 ``in|out.try-poll=on|off``
BALATON Zoltanf6ccfd52025-03-16 01:20:46 +0100968 Attempt to use poll mode with the device. Default is off.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000969
970 ``threshold=threshold``
971 Threshold (in microseconds) when playback starts. Default is 0.
972
973``-audiodev coreaudio,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]``
974 Creates a backend using Apple's Core Audio. This backend is only
975 available on Mac OS and only supports playback.
976
977 Core Audio specific options are:
978
979 ``in|out.buffer-count=count``
980 Sets the count of the buffers.
981
982``-audiodev dsound,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]``
983 Creates a backend using Microsoft's DirectSound. This backend is
984 only available on Windows and only supports playback.
985
986 DirectSound specific options are:
987
988 ``latency=usecs``
989 Add extra usecs microseconds latency to playback. Default is
990 10000 (10 ms).
991
992``-audiodev oss,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]``
993 Creates a backend using OSS. This backend is available on most
994 Unix-like systems.
995
996 OSS specific options are:
997
998 ``in|out.dev=device``
999 Specify the file name of the OSS device to use. Default is
1000 ``/dev/dsp``.
1001
1002 ``in|out.buffer-count=count``
1003 Sets the count of the buffers.
1004
BALATON Zoltanf6ccfd52025-03-16 01:20:46 +01001005 ``in|out.try-poll=on|off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001006 Attempt to use poll mode with the device. Default is on.
1007
1008 ``try-mmap=on|off``
1009 Try using memory mapped device access. Default is off.
1010
1011 ``exclusive=on|off``
1012 Open the device in exclusive mode (vmix won't work in this
1013 case). Default is off.
1014
1015 ``dsp-policy=policy``
1016 Sets the timing policy (between 0 and 10, where smaller number
1017 means smaller latency but higher CPU usage). Use -1 to use
1018 buffer sizes specified by ``buffer`` and ``buffer-count``. This
1019 option is ignored if you do not have OSS 4. Default is 5.
1020
1021``-audiodev pa,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]``
1022 Creates a backend using PulseAudio. This backend is available on
1023 most systems.
1024
1025 PulseAudio specific options are:
1026
1027 ``server=server``
1028 Sets the PulseAudio server to connect to.
1029
1030 ``in|out.name=sink``
1031 Use the specified source/sink for recording/playback.
1032
1033 ``in|out.latency=usecs``
1034 Desired latency in microseconds. The PulseAudio server will try
1035 to honor this value but actual latencies may be lower or higher.
1036
Dorinda Basseyc2d3d1c2023-04-17 12:56:54 +02001037``-audiodev pipewire,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]``
Marc-André Lureau20c51242023-05-06 20:37:26 +04001038 Creates a backend using PipeWire. This backend is available on
Dorinda Basseyc2d3d1c2023-04-17 12:56:54 +02001039 most systems.
1040
Marc-André Lureau20c51242023-05-06 20:37:26 +04001041 PipeWire specific options are:
Dorinda Basseyc2d3d1c2023-04-17 12:56:54 +02001042
1043 ``in|out.latency=usecs``
1044 Desired latency in microseconds.
1045
1046 ``in|out.name=sink``
1047 Use the specified source/sink for recording/playback.
1048
1049 ``in|out.stream-name``
1050 Specify the name of pipewire stream.
1051
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001052``-audiodev sdl,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]``
1053 Creates a backend using SDL. This backend is available on most
1054 systems, but you should use your platform's native backend if
Volker Rümelin5a0926c2021-01-10 11:02:19 +01001055 possible.
1056
1057 SDL specific options are:
1058
1059 ``in|out.buffer-count=count``
1060 Sets the count of the buffers.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001061
Alexandre Ratchov663df1c2022-09-07 15:23:42 +02001062``-audiodev sndio,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]``
1063 Creates a backend using SNDIO. This backend is available on
1064 OpenBSD and most other Unix-like systems.
1065
1066 Sndio specific options are:
1067
1068 ``in|out.dev=device``
1069 Specify the sndio device to use for input and/or output. Default
1070 is ``default``.
1071
1072 ``in|out.latency=usecs``
1073 Sets the desired period length in microseconds.
1074
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001075``-audiodev spice,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]``
1076 Creates a backend that sends audio through SPICE. This backend
1077 requires ``-spice`` and automatically selected in that case, so
1078 usually you can ignore this option. This backend has no backend
1079 specific properties.
1080
1081``-audiodev wav,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]``
1082 Creates a backend that writes audio to a WAV file.
1083
1084 Backend specific options are:
1085
1086 ``path=path``
1087 Write recorded audio into the specified file. Default is
1088 ``qemu.wav``.
1089ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01001090
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01001091DEF("device", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_device,
1092 "-device driver[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
1093 " add device (based on driver)\n"
1094 " prop=value,... sets driver properties\n"
1095 " use '-device help' to print all possible drivers\n"
1096 " use '-device driver,help' to print all possible properties\n",
1097 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001098SRST
1099``-device driver[,prop[=value][,...]]``
1100 Add device driver. prop=value sets driver properties. Valid
1101 properties depend on the driver. To get help on possible drivers and
1102 properties, use ``-device help`` and ``-device driver,help``.
1103
1104 Some drivers are:
1105
Corey Minyard789101b2020-07-17 11:37:02 -05001106``-device ipmi-bmc-sim,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001107 Add an IPMI BMC. This is a simulation of a hardware management
1108 interface processor that normally sits on a system. It provides a
1109 watchdog and the ability to reset and power control the system. You
1110 need to connect this to an IPMI interface to make it useful
1111
1112 The IPMI slave address to use for the BMC. The default is 0x20. This
1113 address is the BMC's address on the I2C network of management
1114 controllers. If you don't know what this means, it is safe to ignore
1115 it.
1116
1117 ``id=id``
1118 The BMC id for interfaces to use this device.
1119
1120 ``slave_addr=val``
1121 Define slave address to use for the BMC. The default is 0x20.
1122
1123 ``sdrfile=file``
1124 file containing raw Sensor Data Records (SDR) data. The default
1125 is none.
1126
1127 ``fruareasize=val``
1128 size of a Field Replaceable Unit (FRU) area. The default is
1129 1024.
1130
1131 ``frudatafile=file``
1132 file containing raw Field Replaceable Unit (FRU) inventory data.
1133 The default is none.
1134
1135 ``guid=uuid``
1136 value for the GUID for the BMC, in standard UUID format. If this
1137 is set, get "Get GUID" command to the BMC will return it.
1138 Otherwise "Get GUID" will return an error.
1139
1140``-device ipmi-bmc-extern,id=id,chardev=id[,slave_addr=val]``
1141 Add a connection to an external IPMI BMC simulator. Instead of
1142 locally emulating the BMC like the above item, instead connect to an
1143 external entity that provides the IPMI services.
1144
1145 A connection is made to an external BMC simulator. If you do this,
Daniil Tatianin96e610b2024-10-25 10:35:25 +03001146 it is strongly recommended that you use the "reconnect-ms=" chardev
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001147 option to reconnect to the simulator if the connection is lost. Note
1148 that if this is not used carefully, it can be a security issue, as
1149 the interface has the ability to send resets, NMIs, and power off
1150 the VM. It's best if QEMU makes a connection to an external
1151 simulator running on a secure port on localhost, so neither the
1152 simulator nor QEMU is exposed to any outside network.
1153
1154 See the "lanserv/README.vm" file in the OpenIPMI library for more
1155 details on the external interface.
1156
1157``-device isa-ipmi-kcs,bmc=id[,ioport=val][,irq=val]``
Stefan Weil1e458f12022-10-30 11:59:44 +01001158 Add a KCS IPMI interface on the ISA bus. This also adds a
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001159 corresponding ACPI and SMBIOS entries, if appropriate.
1160
1161 ``bmc=id``
1162 The BMC to connect to, one of ipmi-bmc-sim or ipmi-bmc-extern
1163 above.
1164
1165 ``ioport=val``
1166 Define the I/O address of the interface. The default is 0xca0
1167 for KCS.
1168
1169 ``irq=val``
1170 Define the interrupt to use. The default is 5. To disable
1171 interrupts, set this to 0.
1172
1173``-device isa-ipmi-bt,bmc=id[,ioport=val][,irq=val]``
1174 Like the KCS interface, but defines a BT interface. The default port
1175 is 0xe4 and the default interrupt is 5.
Corey Minyard323679d2019-09-23 13:50:33 -05001176
1177``-device pci-ipmi-kcs,bmc=id``
Stefan Weil1e458f12022-10-30 11:59:44 +01001178 Add a KCS IPMI interface on the PCI bus.
Corey Minyard323679d2019-09-23 13:50:33 -05001179
1180 ``bmc=id``
1181 The BMC to connect to, one of ipmi-bmc-sim or ipmi-bmc-extern above.
1182
1183``-device pci-ipmi-bt,bmc=id``
1184 Like the KCS interface, but defines a BT interface on the PCI bus.
Peter Xu7395b3e2021-07-07 11:41:14 -04001185
1186``-device intel-iommu[,option=...]``
1187 This is only supported by ``-machine q35``, which will enable Intel VT-d
1188 emulation within the guest. It supports below options:
1189
1190 ``intremap=on|off`` (default: auto)
1191 This enables interrupt remapping feature. It's required to enable
1192 complete x2apic. Currently it only supports kvm kernel-irqchip modes
1193 ``off`` or ``split``, while full kernel-irqchip is not yet supported.
1194 The default value is "auto", which will be decided by the mode of
1195 kernel-irqchip.
1196
1197 ``caching-mode=on|off`` (default: off)
1198 This enables caching mode for the VT-d emulated device. When
1199 caching-mode is enabled, each guest DMA buffer mapping will generate an
1200 IOTLB invalidation from the guest IOMMU driver to the vIOMMU device in
1201 a synchronous way. It is required for ``-device vfio-pci`` to work
1202 with the VT-d device, because host assigned devices requires to setup
1203 the DMA mapping on the host before guest DMA starts.
1204
1205 ``device-iotlb=on|off`` (default: off)
1206 This enables device-iotlb capability for the emulated VT-d device. So
1207 far virtio/vhost should be the only real user for this parameter,
1208 paired with ats=on configured for the device.
1209
1210 ``aw-bits=39|48`` (default: 39)
1211 This decides the address width of IOVA address space. The address
1212 space has 39 bits width for 3-level IOMMU page tables, and 48 bits for
1213 4-level IOMMU page tables.
1214
1215 Please also refer to the wiki page for general scenarios of VT-d
1216 emulation in QEMU: https://wiki.qemu.org/Features/VT-d.
1217
Eric Auger69501292024-03-07 14:43:05 +01001218``-device virtio-iommu-pci[,option=...]``
1219 This is only supported by ``-machine q35`` (x86_64) and ``-machine virt`` (ARM).
1220 It supports below options:
1221
1222 ``granule=val`` (possible values are 4k, 8k, 16k, 64k and host; default: host)
1223 This decides the default granule to be be exposed by the
1224 virtio-iommu. If host, the granule matches the host page size.
1225
Eric Augerf7ada752024-03-07 14:43:10 +01001226 ``aw-bits=val`` (val between 32 and 64, default depends on machine)
1227 This decides the address width of the IOVA address space.
1228
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001229ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01001230
1231DEF("name", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_name,
Dr. David Alan Gilbert8f480de2014-01-30 10:20:31 +00001232 "-name string1[,process=string2][,debug-threads=on|off]\n"
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01001233 " set the name of the guest\n"
Roman Bolshakov479a5742018-12-17 23:26:01 +03001234 " string1 sets the window title and string2 the process name\n"
1235 " When debug-threads is enabled, individual threads are given a separate name\n"
Dr. David Alan Gilbert8f480de2014-01-30 10:20:31 +00001236 " NOTE: The thread names are for debugging and not a stable API.\n",
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01001237 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001238SRST
1239``-name name``
1240 Sets the name of the guest. This name will be displayed in the SDL
1241 window caption. The name will also be used for the VNC server. Also
1242 optionally set the top visible process name in Linux. Naming of
1243 individual threads can also be enabled on Linux to aid debugging.
1244ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01001245
1246DEF("uuid", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_uuid,
1247 "-uuid %08x-%04x-%04x-%04x-%012x\n"
1248 " specify machine UUID\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001249SRST
1250``-uuid uuid``
1251 Set system UUID.
1252ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01001253
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01001254DEFHEADING()
1255
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02001256DEFHEADING(Block device options:)
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01001257
Alex Bennée5af2b0f2022-08-22 17:56:08 +01001258SRST
1259The QEMU block device handling options have a long history and
1260have gone through several iterations as the feature set and complexity
1261of the block layer have grown. Many online guides to QEMU often
1262reference older and deprecated options, which can lead to confusion.
1263
Alex Bennéec1654c32023-04-24 10:22:37 +01001264The most explicit way to describe disks is to use a combination of
Alex Bennée5af2b0f2022-08-22 17:56:08 +01001265``-device`` to specify the hardware device and ``-blockdev`` to
1266describe the backend. The device defines what the guest sees and the
Alex Bennéec1654c32023-04-24 10:22:37 +01001267backend describes how QEMU handles the data. It is the only guaranteed
1268stable interface for describing block devices and as such is
1269recommended for management tools and scripting.
1270
1271The ``-drive`` option combines the device and backend into a single
1272command line option which is a more human friendly. There is however no
1273interface stability guarantee although some older board models still
1274need updating to work with the modern blockdev forms.
1275
1276Older options like ``-hda`` are essentially macros which expand into
1277``-drive`` options for various drive interfaces. The original forms
1278bake in a lot of assumptions from the days when QEMU was emulating a
1279legacy PC, they are not recommended for modern configurations.
Alex Bennée5af2b0f2022-08-22 17:56:08 +01001280
1281ERST
1282
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001283DEF("fda", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_fda,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001284 "-fda/-fdb file use 'file' as floppy disk 0/1 image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
1285DEF("fdb", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_fdb, "", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001286SRST
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00001287``-fda file``
1288 \
1289``-fdb file``
Thomas Huth923e9312020-11-16 15:47:36 +01001290 Use file as floppy disk 0/1 image (see the :ref:`disk images` chapter in
1291 the System Emulation Users Guide).
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001292ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001293
1294DEF("hda", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_hda,
Thomas Huthbcd8e242023-08-29 15:29:48 +02001295 "-hda/-hdb file use 'file' as hard disk 0/1 image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001296DEF("hdb", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_hdb, "", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001297DEF("hdc", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_hdc,
Thomas Huthbcd8e242023-08-29 15:29:48 +02001298 "-hdc/-hdd file use 'file' as hard disk 2/3 image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001299DEF("hdd", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_hdd, "", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001300SRST
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00001301``-hda file``
1302 \
1303``-hdb file``
1304 \
1305``-hdc file``
1306 \
1307``-hdd file``
Thomas Huthbcd8e242023-08-29 15:29:48 +02001308 Use file as hard disk 0, 1, 2 or 3 image on the default bus of the
1309 emulated machine (this is for example the IDE bus on most x86 machines,
1310 but it can also be SCSI, virtio or something else on other target
1311 architectures). See also the :ref:`disk images` chapter in the System
1312 Emulation Users Guide.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001313ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001314
1315DEF("cdrom", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_cdrom,
Thomas Huthbcd8e242023-08-29 15:29:48 +02001316 "-cdrom file use 'file' as CD-ROM image\n",
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001317 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001318SRST
1319``-cdrom file``
Thomas Huthbcd8e242023-08-29 15:29:48 +02001320 Use file as CD-ROM image on the default bus of the emulated machine
1321 (which is IDE1 master on x86, so you cannot use ``-hdc`` and ``-cdrom``
1322 at the same time there). On systems that support it, you can use the
1323 host CD-ROM by using ``/dev/cdrom`` as filename.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001324ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001325
Markus Armbruster42e5f392017-02-28 22:27:07 +01001326DEF("blockdev", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_blockdev,
1327 "-blockdev [driver=]driver[,node-name=N][,discard=ignore|unmap]\n"
1328 " [,cache.direct=on|off][,cache.no-flush=on|off]\n"
Kevin Wolfc9b749d2019-10-15 12:29:58 +02001329 " [,read-only=on|off][,auto-read-only=on|off]\n"
1330 " [,force-share=on|off][,detect-zeroes=on|off|unmap]\n"
Markus Armbruster42e5f392017-02-28 22:27:07 +01001331 " [,driver specific parameters...]\n"
1332 " configure a block backend\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001333SRST
1334``-blockdev option[,option[,option[,...]]]``
1335 Define a new block driver node. Some of the options apply to all
1336 block drivers, other options are only accepted for a specific block
1337 driver. See below for a list of generic options and options for the
1338 most common block drivers.
1339
1340 Options that expect a reference to another node (e.g. ``file``) can
1341 be given in two ways. Either you specify the node name of an already
1342 existing node (file=node-name), or you define a new node inline,
1343 adding options for the referenced node after a dot
1344 (file.filename=path,file.aio=native).
1345
1346 A block driver node created with ``-blockdev`` can be used for a
1347 guest device by specifying its node name for the ``drive`` property
1348 in a ``-device`` argument that defines a block device.
1349
1350 ``Valid options for any block driver node:``
1351 ``driver``
1352 Specifies the block driver to use for the given node.
1353
1354 ``node-name``
1355 This defines the name of the block driver node by which it
1356 will be referenced later. The name must be unique, i.e. it
1357 must not match the name of a different block driver node, or
1358 (if you use ``-drive`` as well) the ID of a drive.
1359
1360 If no node name is specified, it is automatically generated.
1361 The generated node name is not intended to be predictable
1362 and changes between QEMU invocations. For the top level, an
1363 explicit node name must be specified.
1364
1365 ``read-only``
1366 Open the node read-only. Guest write attempts will fail.
1367
1368 Note that some block drivers support only read-only access,
1369 either generally or in certain configurations. In this case,
1370 the default value ``read-only=off`` does not work and the
1371 option must be specified explicitly.
1372
1373 ``auto-read-only``
1374 If ``auto-read-only=on`` is set, QEMU may fall back to
1375 read-only usage even when ``read-only=off`` is requested, or
1376 even switch between modes as needed, e.g. depending on
1377 whether the image file is writable or whether a writing user
1378 is attached to the node.
1379
1380 ``force-share``
1381 Override the image locking system of QEMU by forcing the
1382 node to utilize weaker shared access for permissions where
1383 it would normally request exclusive access. When there is
1384 the potential for multiple instances to have the same file
1385 open (whether this invocation of QEMU is the first or the
1386 second instance), both instances must permit shared access
1387 for the second instance to succeed at opening the file.
1388
1389 Enabling ``force-share=on`` requires ``read-only=on``.
1390
1391 ``cache.direct``
1392 The host page cache can be avoided with ``cache.direct=on``.
1393 This will attempt to do disk IO directly to the guest's
1394 memory. QEMU may still perform an internal copy of the data.
1395
1396 ``cache.no-flush``
1397 In case you don't care about data integrity over host
1398 failures, you can use ``cache.no-flush=on``. This option
1399 tells QEMU that it never needs to write any data to the disk
1400 but can instead keep things in cache. If anything goes
1401 wrong, like your host losing power, the disk storage getting
1402 disconnected accidentally, etc. your image will most
1403 probably be rendered unusable.
1404
1405 ``discard=discard``
1406 discard is one of "ignore" (or "off") or "unmap" (or "on")
1407 and controls whether ``discard`` (also known as ``trim`` or
1408 ``unmap``) requests are ignored or passed to the filesystem.
1409 Some machine types may not support discard requests.
1410
1411 ``detect-zeroes=detect-zeroes``
1412 detect-zeroes is "off", "on" or "unmap" and enables the
1413 automatic conversion of plain zero writes by the OS to
1414 driver specific optimized zero write commands. You may even
1415 choose "unmap" if discard is set to "unmap" to allow a zero
1416 write to be converted to an ``unmap`` operation.
1417
1418 ``Driver-specific options for file``
1419 This is the protocol-level block driver for accessing regular
1420 files.
1421
1422 ``filename``
1423 The path to the image file in the local filesystem
1424
1425 ``aio``
Stefano Garzarellaad1e6912020-09-24 17:15:11 +02001426 Specifies the AIO backend (threads/native/io_uring,
1427 default: threads)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001428
1429 ``locking``
1430 Specifies whether the image file is protected with Linux OFD
1431 / POSIX locks. The default is to use the Linux Open File
1432 Descriptor API if available, otherwise no lock is applied.
1433 (auto/on/off, default: auto)
1434
1435 Example:
1436
1437 ::
1438
1439 -blockdev driver=file,node-name=disk,filename=disk.img
1440
1441 ``Driver-specific options for raw``
1442 This is the image format block driver for raw images. It is
1443 usually stacked on top of a protocol level block driver such as
1444 ``file``.
1445
1446 ``file``
1447 Reference to or definition of the data source block driver
1448 node (e.g. a ``file`` driver node)
1449
1450 Example 1:
1451
1452 ::
1453
1454 -blockdev driver=file,node-name=disk_file,filename=disk.img
1455 -blockdev driver=raw,node-name=disk,file=disk_file
1456
1457 Example 2:
1458
1459 ::
1460
1461 -blockdev driver=raw,node-name=disk,file.driver=file,file.filename=disk.img
1462
1463 ``Driver-specific options for qcow2``
1464 This is the image format block driver for qcow2 images. It is
1465 usually stacked on top of a protocol level block driver such as
1466 ``file``.
1467
1468 ``file``
1469 Reference to or definition of the data source block driver
1470 node (e.g. a ``file`` driver node)
1471
1472 ``backing``
1473 Reference to or definition of the backing file block device
1474 (default is taken from the image file). It is allowed to
1475 pass ``null`` here in order to disable the default backing
1476 file.
1477
1478 ``lazy-refcounts``
1479 Whether to enable the lazy refcounts feature (on/off;
1480 default is taken from the image file)
1481
1482 ``cache-size``
1483 The maximum total size of the L2 table and refcount block
1484 caches in bytes (default: the sum of l2-cache-size and
1485 refcount-cache-size)
1486
1487 ``l2-cache-size``
1488 The maximum size of the L2 table cache in bytes (default: if
1489 cache-size is not specified - 32M on Linux platforms, and 8M
1490 on non-Linux platforms; otherwise, as large as possible
1491 within the cache-size, while permitting the requested or the
1492 minimal refcount cache size)
1493
1494 ``refcount-cache-size``
1495 The maximum size of the refcount block cache in bytes
1496 (default: 4 times the cluster size; or if cache-size is
1497 specified, the part of it which is not used for the L2
1498 cache)
1499
1500 ``cache-clean-interval``
1501 Clean unused entries in the L2 and refcount caches. The
1502 interval is in seconds. The default value is 600 on
1503 supporting platforms, and 0 on other platforms. Setting it
1504 to 0 disables this feature.
1505
1506 ``pass-discard-request``
1507 Whether discard requests to the qcow2 device should be
1508 forwarded to the data source (on/off; default: on if
1509 discard=unmap is specified, off otherwise)
1510
1511 ``pass-discard-snapshot``
1512 Whether discard requests for the data source should be
1513 issued when a snapshot operation (e.g. deleting a snapshot)
1514 frees clusters in the qcow2 file (on/off; default: on)
1515
1516 ``pass-discard-other``
1517 Whether discard requests for the data source should be
1518 issued on other occasions where a cluster gets freed
1519 (on/off; default: off)
1520
Jean-Louis Dupond42a28902023-06-05 10:45:24 +02001521 ``discard-no-unref``
Jean-Louis Dupondb2b10902023-10-03 14:52:37 +02001522 When enabled, data clusters will remain preallocated when they are
1523 no longer used, e.g. because they are discarded or converted to
1524 zero clusters. As usual, whether the old data is discarded or kept
1525 on the protocol level (i.e. in the image file) depends on the
1526 setting of the pass-discard-request option. Keeping the clusters
1527 preallocated prevents qcow2 fragmentation that would otherwise be
1528 caused by freeing and re-allocating them later. Besides potential
Jean-Louis Dupond42a28902023-06-05 10:45:24 +02001529 performance degradation, such fragmentation can lead to increased
1530 allocation of clusters past the end of the image file,
1531 resulting in image files whose file length can grow much larger
1532 than their guest disk size would suggest.
1533 If image file length is of concern (e.g. when storing qcow2
1534 images directly on block devices), you should consider enabling
1535 this option.
1536
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001537 ``overlap-check``
1538 Which overlap checks to perform for writes to the image
1539 (none/constant/cached/all; default: cached). For details or
1540 finer granularity control refer to the QAPI documentation of
1541 ``blockdev-add``.
1542
1543 Example 1:
1544
1545 ::
1546
1547 -blockdev driver=file,node-name=my_file,filename=/tmp/disk.qcow2
1548 -blockdev driver=qcow2,node-name=hda,file=my_file,overlap-check=none,cache-size=16777216
1549
1550 Example 2:
1551
1552 ::
1553
1554 -blockdev driver=qcow2,node-name=disk,file.driver=http,file.filename=http://example.com/image.qcow2
1555
1556 ``Driver-specific options for other drivers``
1557 Please refer to the QAPI documentation of the ``blockdev-add``
1558 QMP command.
1559ERST
Markus Armbruster42e5f392017-02-28 22:27:07 +01001560
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001561DEF("drive", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_drive,
1562 "-drive [file=file][,if=type][,bus=n][,unit=m][,media=d][,index=i]\n"
Stefan Hajnoczi92196b22011-08-04 12:26:52 +01001563 " [,cache=writethrough|writeback|none|directsync|unsafe][,format=f]\n"
Kevin Wolf572023f2018-06-13 11:01:30 +02001564 " [,snapshot=on|off][,rerror=ignore|stop|report]\n"
Stefano Garzarellaad1e6912020-09-24 17:15:11 +02001565 " [,werror=ignore|stop|report|enospc][,id=name]\n"
1566 " [,aio=threads|native|io_uring]\n"
Stefan Hajnoczifb0490f2011-11-17 13:40:32 +00001567 " [,readonly=on|off][,copy-on-read=on|off]\n"
Peter Lieven2f7133b2014-07-28 21:53:02 +02001568 " [,discard=ignore|unmap][,detect-zeroes=on|off|unmap]\n"
Benoît Canet3e9fab62013-09-02 14:14:40 +02001569 " [[,bps=b]|[[,bps_rd=r][,bps_wr=w]]]\n"
1570 " [[,iops=i]|[[,iops_rd=r][,iops_wr=w]]]\n"
1571 " [[,bps_max=bm]|[[,bps_rd_max=rm][,bps_wr_max=wm]]]\n"
1572 " [[,iops_max=im]|[[,iops_rd_max=irm][,iops_wr_max=iwm]]]\n"
Benoît Canet2024c1d2013-09-02 14:14:41 +02001573 " [[,iops_size=is]]\n"
Alberto Garcia76f4afb2015-06-08 18:17:44 +02001574 " [[,group=g]]\n"
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001575 " use 'file' as a drive image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001576SRST
1577``-drive option[,option[,option[,...]]]``
1578 Define a new drive. This includes creating a block driver node (the
1579 backend) as well as a guest device, and is mostly a shortcut for
1580 defining the corresponding ``-blockdev`` and ``-device`` options.
1581
1582 ``-drive`` accepts all options that are accepted by ``-blockdev``.
1583 In addition, it knows the following options:
1584
1585 ``file=file``
Thomas Huth923e9312020-11-16 15:47:36 +01001586 This option defines which disk image (see the :ref:`disk images`
1587 chapter in the System Emulation Users Guide) to use with this drive.
1588 If the filename contains comma, you must double it (for instance,
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001589 "file=my,,file" to use file "my,file").
1590
1591 Special files such as iSCSI devices can be specified using
1592 protocol specific URLs. See the section for "Device URL Syntax"
1593 for more information.
1594
1595 ``if=interface``
1596 This option defines on which type on interface the drive is
1597 connected. Available types are: ide, scsi, sd, mtd, floppy,
1598 pflash, virtio, none.
1599
1600 ``bus=bus,unit=unit``
1601 These options define where is connected the drive by defining
1602 the bus number and the unit id.
1603
1604 ``index=index``
Laurent Vivier35aab302022-02-02 15:34:22 +01001605 This option defines where the drive is connected by using an
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001606 index in the list of available connectors of a given interface
1607 type.
1608
1609 ``media=media``
1610 This option defines the type of the media: disk or cdrom.
1611
1612 ``snapshot=snapshot``
1613 snapshot is "on" or "off" and controls snapshot mode for the
1614 given drive (see ``-snapshot``).
1615
1616 ``cache=cache``
1617 cache is "none", "writeback", "unsafe", "directsync" or
1618 "writethrough" and controls how the host cache is used to access
1619 block data. This is a shortcut that sets the ``cache.direct``
1620 and ``cache.no-flush`` options (as in ``-blockdev``), and
1621 additionally ``cache.writeback``, which provides a default for
1622 the ``write-cache`` option of block guest devices (as in
1623 ``-device``). The modes correspond to the following settings:
1624
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00001625 ============= =============== ============ ==============
1626 \ cache.writeback cache.direct cache.no-flush
1627 ============= =============== ============ ==============
1628 writeback on off off
1629 none on on off
1630 writethrough off off off
1631 directsync off on off
1632 unsafe on off on
1633 ============= =============== ============ ==============
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001634
1635 The default mode is ``cache=writeback``.
1636
1637 ``aio=aio``
Stefano Garzarellaad1e6912020-09-24 17:15:11 +02001638 aio is "threads", "native", or "io_uring" and selects between pthread
1639 based disk I/O, native Linux AIO, or Linux io_uring API.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001640
1641 ``format=format``
1642 Specify which disk format will be used rather than detecting the
1643 format. Can be used to specify format=raw to avoid interpreting
1644 an untrusted format header.
1645
1646 ``werror=action,rerror=action``
1647 Specify which action to take on write and read errors. Valid
1648 actions are: "ignore" (ignore the error and try to continue),
1649 "stop" (pause QEMU), "report" (report the error to the guest),
1650 "enospc" (pause QEMU only if the host disk is full; report the
1651 error to the guest otherwise). The default setting is
1652 ``werror=enospc`` and ``rerror=report``.
1653
1654 ``copy-on-read=copy-on-read``
1655 copy-on-read is "on" or "off" and enables whether to copy read
1656 backing file sectors into the image file.
1657
1658 ``bps=b,bps_rd=r,bps_wr=w``
1659 Specify bandwidth throttling limits in bytes per second, either
1660 for all request types or for reads or writes only. Small values
1661 can lead to timeouts or hangs inside the guest. A safe minimum
1662 for disks is 2 MB/s.
1663
1664 ``bps_max=bm,bps_rd_max=rm,bps_wr_max=wm``
1665 Specify bursts in bytes per second, either for all request types
1666 or for reads or writes only. Bursts allow the guest I/O to spike
1667 above the limit temporarily.
1668
1669 ``iops=i,iops_rd=r,iops_wr=w``
1670 Specify request rate limits in requests per second, either for
1671 all request types or for reads or writes only.
1672
1673 ``iops_max=bm,iops_rd_max=rm,iops_wr_max=wm``
1674 Specify bursts in requests per second, either for all request
1675 types or for reads or writes only. Bursts allow the guest I/O to
1676 spike above the limit temporarily.
1677
1678 ``iops_size=is``
1679 Let every is bytes of a request count as a new request for iops
1680 throttling purposes. Use this option to prevent guests from
1681 circumventing iops limits by sending fewer but larger requests.
1682
1683 ``group=g``
1684 Join a throttling quota group with given name g. All drives that
1685 are members of the same group are accounted for together. Use
1686 this option to prevent guests from circumventing throttling
1687 limits by using many small disks instead of a single larger
1688 disk.
1689
1690 By default, the ``cache.writeback=on`` mode is used. It will report
1691 data writes as completed as soon as the data is present in the host
1692 page cache. This is safe as long as your guest OS makes sure to
1693 correctly flush disk caches where needed. If your guest OS does not
1694 handle volatile disk write caches correctly and your host crashes or
1695 loses power, then the guest may experience data corruption.
1696
1697 For such guests, you should consider using ``cache.writeback=off``.
1698 This means that the host page cache will be used to read and write
1699 data, but write notification will be sent to the guest only after
1700 QEMU has made sure to flush each write to the disk. Be aware that
1701 this has a major impact on performance.
1702
1703 When using the ``-snapshot`` option, unsafe caching is always used.
1704
1705 Copy-on-read avoids accessing the same backing file sectors
1706 repeatedly and is useful when the backing file is over a slow
1707 network. By default copy-on-read is off.
1708
1709 Instead of ``-cdrom`` you can use:
1710
1711 .. parsed-literal::
1712
1713 |qemu_system| -drive file=file,index=2,media=cdrom
1714
1715 Instead of ``-hda``, ``-hdb``, ``-hdc``, ``-hdd``, you can use:
1716
1717 .. parsed-literal::
1718
1719 |qemu_system| -drive file=file,index=0,media=disk
1720 |qemu_system| -drive file=file,index=1,media=disk
1721 |qemu_system| -drive file=file,index=2,media=disk
1722 |qemu_system| -drive file=file,index=3,media=disk
1723
1724 You can open an image using pre-opened file descriptors from an fd
1725 set:
1726
1727 .. parsed-literal::
1728
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02001729 |qemu_system| \\
1730 -add-fd fd=3,set=2,opaque="rdwr:/path/to/file" \\
1731 -add-fd fd=4,set=2,opaque="rdonly:/path/to/file" \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001732 -drive file=/dev/fdset/2,index=0,media=disk
1733
1734 You can connect a CDROM to the slave of ide0:
1735
1736 .. parsed-literal::
1737
1738 |qemu_system_x86| -drive file=file,if=ide,index=1,media=cdrom
1739
1740 If you don't specify the "file=" argument, you define an empty
1741 drive:
1742
1743 .. parsed-literal::
1744
1745 |qemu_system_x86| -drive if=ide,index=1,media=cdrom
1746
1747 Instead of ``-fda``, ``-fdb``, you can use:
1748
1749 .. parsed-literal::
1750
1751 |qemu_system_x86| -drive file=file,index=0,if=floppy
1752 |qemu_system_x86| -drive file=file,index=1,if=floppy
1753
1754 By default, interface is "ide" and index is automatically
1755 incremented:
1756
1757 .. parsed-literal::
1758
John Snowa234ec32023-02-02 17:31:21 -05001759 |qemu_system_x86| -drive file=a -drive file=b
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001760
1761 is interpreted like:
1762
1763 .. parsed-literal::
1764
1765 |qemu_system_x86| -hda a -hdb b
1766ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001767
1768DEF("mtdblock", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_mtdblock,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001769 "-mtdblock file use 'file' as on-board Flash memory image\n",
1770 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001771SRST
1772``-mtdblock file``
1773 Use file as on-board Flash memory image.
1774ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001775
1776DEF("sd", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_sd,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001777 "-sd file use 'file' as SecureDigital card image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001778SRST
1779``-sd file``
1780 Use file as SecureDigital card image.
1781ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001782
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001783DEF("snapshot", 0, QEMU_OPTION_snapshot,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001784 "-snapshot write to temporary files instead of disk image files\n",
1785 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001786SRST
1787``-snapshot``
1788 Write to temporary files instead of disk image files. In this case,
1789 the raw disk image you use is not written back. You can however
Thomas Huth923e9312020-11-16 15:47:36 +01001790 force the write back by pressing C-a s (see the :ref:`disk images`
1791 chapter in the System Emulation Users Guide).
Alex Bennéec1654c32023-04-24 10:22:37 +01001792
1793 .. warning::
1794 snapshot is incompatible with ``-blockdev`` (instead use qemu-img
1795 to manually create snapshot images to attach to your blockdev).
1796 If you have mixed ``-blockdev`` and ``-drive`` declarations you
1797 can use the 'snapshot' property on your drive declarations
1798 instead of this global option.
1799
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001800ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001801
Gautham R Shenoy74db9202010-04-29 17:44:43 +05301802DEF("fsdev", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_fsdev,
Greg Kurzb44a6b02019-05-17 17:34:49 +02001803 "-fsdev local,id=id,path=path,security_model=mapped-xattr|mapped-file|passthrough|none\n"
Paolo Bonzini991c1802020-11-13 03:10:52 -05001804 " [,writeout=immediate][,readonly=on][,fmode=fmode][,dmode=dmode]\n"
Pradeep Jagadeeshb8bbdb82017-02-28 10:31:46 +01001805 " [[,throttling.bps-total=b]|[[,throttling.bps-read=r][,throttling.bps-write=w]]]\n"
1806 " [[,throttling.iops-total=i]|[[,throttling.iops-read=r][,throttling.iops-write=w]]]\n"
1807 " [[,throttling.bps-total-max=bm]|[[,throttling.bps-read-max=rm][,throttling.bps-write-max=wm]]]\n"
1808 " [[,throttling.iops-total-max=im]|[[,throttling.iops-read-max=irm][,throttling.iops-write-max=iwm]]]\n"
Greg Kurzb44a6b02019-05-17 17:34:49 +02001809 " [[,throttling.iops-size=is]]\n"
Greg Kurzb44a6b02019-05-17 17:34:49 +02001810 "-fsdev synth,id=id\n",
Gautham R Shenoy74db9202010-04-29 17:44:43 +05301811 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
1812
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001813SRST
Paolo Bonzini991c1802020-11-13 03:10:52 -05001814``-fsdev local,id=id,path=path,security_model=security_model [,writeout=writeout][,readonly=on][,fmode=fmode][,dmode=dmode] [,throttling.option=value[,throttling.option=value[,...]]]``
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00001815 \
Paolo Bonzini991c1802020-11-13 03:10:52 -05001816``-fsdev synth,id=id[,readonly=on]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001817 Define a new file system device. Valid options are:
1818
1819 ``local``
1820 Accesses to the filesystem are done by QEMU.
1821
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001822 ``synth``
1823 Synthetic filesystem, only used by QTests.
1824
1825 ``id=id``
1826 Specifies identifier for this device.
1827
1828 ``path=path``
1829 Specifies the export path for the file system device. Files
1830 under this path will be available to the 9p client on the guest.
1831
1832 ``security_model=security_model``
1833 Specifies the security model to be used for this export path.
1834 Supported security models are "passthrough", "mapped-xattr",
1835 "mapped-file" and "none". In "passthrough" security model, files
1836 are stored using the same credentials as they are created on the
1837 guest. This requires QEMU to run as root. In "mapped-xattr"
1838 security model, some of the file attributes like uid, gid, mode
1839 bits and link target are stored as file attributes. For
1840 "mapped-file" these attributes are stored in the hidden
1841 .virtfs\_metadata directory. Directories exported by this
1842 security model cannot interact with other unix tools. "none"
1843 security model is same as passthrough except the sever won't
1844 report failures if it fails to set file attributes like
1845 ownership. Security model is mandatory only for local fsdriver.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001846
1847 ``writeout=writeout``
1848 This is an optional argument. The only supported value is
1849 "immediate". This means that host page cache will be used to
1850 read and write data but write notification will be sent to the
1851 guest only when the data has been reported as written by the
1852 storage subsystem.
1853
Paolo Bonzini991c1802020-11-13 03:10:52 -05001854 ``readonly=on``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001855 Enables exporting 9p share as a readonly mount for guests. By
1856 default read-write access is given.
1857
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001858 ``fmode=fmode``
1859 Specifies the default mode for newly created files on the host.
1860 Works only with security models "mapped-xattr" and
1861 "mapped-file".
1862
1863 ``dmode=dmode``
1864 Specifies the default mode for newly created directories on the
1865 host. Works only with security models "mapped-xattr" and
1866 "mapped-file".
1867
1868 ``throttling.bps-total=b,throttling.bps-read=r,throttling.bps-write=w``
1869 Specify bandwidth throttling limits in bytes per second, either
1870 for all request types or for reads or writes only.
1871
1872 ``throttling.bps-total-max=bm,bps-read-max=rm,bps-write-max=wm``
1873 Specify bursts in bytes per second, either for all request types
1874 or for reads or writes only. Bursts allow the guest I/O to spike
1875 above the limit temporarily.
1876
1877 ``throttling.iops-total=i,throttling.iops-read=r, throttling.iops-write=w``
1878 Specify request rate limits in requests per second, either for
1879 all request types or for reads or writes only.
1880
1881 ``throttling.iops-total-max=im,throttling.iops-read-max=irm, throttling.iops-write-max=iwm``
1882 Specify bursts in requests per second, either for all request
1883 types or for reads or writes only. Bursts allow the guest I/O to
1884 spike above the limit temporarily.
1885
1886 ``throttling.iops-size=is``
1887 Let every is bytes of a request count as a new request for iops
1888 throttling purposes.
1889
1890 -fsdev option is used along with -device driver "virtio-9p-...".
1891
1892``-device virtio-9p-type,fsdev=id,mount_tag=mount_tag``
1893 Options for virtio-9p-... driver are:
1894
1895 ``type``
1896 Specifies the variant to be used. Supported values are "pci",
1897 "ccw" or "device", depending on the machine type.
1898
1899 ``fsdev=id``
1900 Specifies the id value specified along with -fsdev option.
1901
1902 ``mount_tag=mount_tag``
1903 Specifies the tag name to be used by the guest to mount this
1904 export point.
1905ERST
Gautham R Shenoy74db9202010-04-29 17:44:43 +05301906
Gautham R Shenoy3d54abc2010-04-29 17:45:03 +05301907DEF("virtfs", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_virtfs,
Greg Kurzb44a6b02019-05-17 17:34:49 +02001908 "-virtfs local,path=path,mount_tag=tag,security_model=mapped-xattr|mapped-file|passthrough|none\n"
Paolo Bonzini991c1802020-11-13 03:10:52 -05001909 " [,id=id][,writeout=immediate][,readonly=on][,fmode=fmode][,dmode=dmode][,multidevs=remap|forbid|warn]\n"
Paolo Bonzini991c1802020-11-13 03:10:52 -05001910 "-virtfs synth,mount_tag=tag[,id=id][,readonly=on]\n",
Gautham R Shenoy3d54abc2010-04-29 17:45:03 +05301911 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
1912
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001913SRST
Paolo Bonzini991c1802020-11-13 03:10:52 -05001914``-virtfs local,path=path,mount_tag=mount_tag ,security_model=security_model[,writeout=writeout][,readonly=on] [,fmode=fmode][,dmode=dmode][,multidevs=multidevs]``
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00001915 \
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00001916``-virtfs synth,mount_tag=mount_tag``
Christian Schoenebeck65abaa02020-05-14 08:06:43 +02001917 Define a new virtual filesystem device and expose it to the guest using
1918 a virtio-9p-device (a.k.a. 9pfs), which essentially means that a certain
1919 directory on host is made directly accessible by guest as a pass-through
1920 file system by using the 9P network protocol for communication between
1921 host and guests, if desired even accessible, shared by several guests
Stefan Weil2cb40d42022-11-10 20:08:25 +01001922 simultaneously.
Christian Schoenebeck65abaa02020-05-14 08:06:43 +02001923
1924 Note that ``-virtfs`` is actually just a convenience shortcut for its
1925 generalized form ``-fsdev -device virtio-9p-pci``.
1926
1927 The general form of pass-through file system options are:
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001928
1929 ``local``
1930 Accesses to the filesystem are done by QEMU.
1931
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001932 ``synth``
1933 Synthetic filesystem, only used by QTests.
1934
1935 ``id=id``
1936 Specifies identifier for the filesystem device
1937
1938 ``path=path``
1939 Specifies the export path for the file system device. Files
1940 under this path will be available to the 9p client on the guest.
1941
1942 ``security_model=security_model``
1943 Specifies the security model to be used for this export path.
1944 Supported security models are "passthrough", "mapped-xattr",
1945 "mapped-file" and "none". In "passthrough" security model, files
1946 are stored using the same credentials as they are created on the
1947 guest. This requires QEMU to run as root. In "mapped-xattr"
1948 security model, some of the file attributes like uid, gid, mode
1949 bits and link target are stored as file attributes. For
1950 "mapped-file" these attributes are stored in the hidden
1951 .virtfs\_metadata directory. Directories exported by this
1952 security model cannot interact with other unix tools. "none"
1953 security model is same as passthrough except the sever won't
1954 report failures if it fails to set file attributes like
1955 ownership. Security model is mandatory only for local fsdriver.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001956
1957 ``writeout=writeout``
1958 This is an optional argument. The only supported value is
1959 "immediate". This means that host page cache will be used to
1960 read and write data but write notification will be sent to the
1961 guest only when the data has been reported as written by the
1962 storage subsystem.
1963
Paolo Bonzini991c1802020-11-13 03:10:52 -05001964 ``readonly=on``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001965 Enables exporting 9p share as a readonly mount for guests. By
1966 default read-write access is given.
1967
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001968 ``fmode=fmode``
1969 Specifies the default mode for newly created files on the host.
1970 Works only with security models "mapped-xattr" and
1971 "mapped-file".
1972
1973 ``dmode=dmode``
1974 Specifies the default mode for newly created directories on the
1975 host. Works only with security models "mapped-xattr" and
1976 "mapped-file".
1977
1978 ``mount_tag=mount_tag``
1979 Specifies the tag name to be used by the guest to mount this
1980 export point.
1981
Christian Schoenebecka2f17bd2024-12-22 15:10:44 +01001982 ``multidevs=remap|forbid|warn``
1983 Specifies how to deal with multiple devices being shared with
1984 the same 9p export in order to avoid file ID collisions on guest.
1985 Supported behaviours are either "remap" (default), "forbid" or
1986 "warn".
1987
1988 ``remap`` : assumes the possibility that more than one device is
1989 shared with the same 9p export. Therefore inode numbers from host
1990 are remapped for guest in a way that would prevent file ID
1991 collisions on guest. Remapping inodes in such cases is required
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001992 because the original device IDs from host are never passed and
1993 exposed on guest. Instead all files of an export shared with
Christian Schoenebecka2f17bd2024-12-22 15:10:44 +01001994 virtfs always share the same device ID on guest. So two files
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001995 with identical inode numbers but from actually different devices
1996 on host would otherwise cause a file ID collision and hence
Christian Schoenebecka2f17bd2024-12-22 15:10:44 +01001997 potential severe misbehaviours on guest.
1998
1999 ``warn`` : virtfs 9p expects only one device to be shared with
2000 the same export. If however more than one device is shared and
2001 accessed via the same 9p export then only a warning message is
2002 logged (once) by qemu on host side. No further action is performed
2003 in this case that would prevent file ID collisions on guest. This
2004 could thus lead to severe misbehaviours in this case like wrong
2005 files being accessed and data corruption on the exported tree.
2006
2007 ``forbid`` : assumes like "warn" that only one device is shared
2008 by the same 9p export, however it will not only log a warning
2009 message but also deny access to additional devices on guest. Note
2010 though that "forbid" does currently not block all possible file
2011 access operations (e.g. readdir() would still return entries from
2012 other devices).
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002013ERST
Gautham R Shenoy3d54abc2010-04-29 17:45:03 +05302014
Markus Armbruster61d70482017-10-02 16:03:03 +02002015DEF("iscsi", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_iscsi,
Daniel P. Berrangéc3b3a6c2022-12-01 04:25:05 -05002016 "-iscsi [user=user][,password=password][,password-secret=secret-id]\n"
2017 " [,header-digest=CRC32C|CR32C-NONE|NONE-CRC32C|NONE]\n"
Markus Armbruster61d70482017-10-02 16:03:03 +02002018 " [,initiator-name=initiator-iqn][,id=target-iqn]\n"
2019 " [,timeout=timeout]\n"
2020 " iSCSI session parameters\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
2021
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002022SRST
2023``-iscsi``
2024 Configure iSCSI session parameters.
2025ERST
Markus Armbruster44743142017-10-02 16:03:04 +02002026
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002027DEFHEADING()
2028
Thomas Huthc2a34ab2021-03-10 18:33:23 +01002029DEFHEADING(USB convenience options:)
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01002030
2031DEF("usb", 0, QEMU_OPTION_usb,
Stefan Hajnoczi73f46fe2019-08-15 15:14:28 +01002032 "-usb enable on-board USB host controller (if not enabled by default)\n",
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01002033 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002034SRST
2035``-usb``
2036 Enable USB emulation on machine types with an on-board USB host
2037 controller (if not enabled by default). Note that on-board USB host
2038 controllers may not support USB 3.0. In this case
2039 ``-device qemu-xhci`` can be used instead on machines with PCI.
2040ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01002041
2042DEF("usbdevice", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_usbdevice,
2043 "-usbdevice name add the host or guest USB device 'name'\n",
2044 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002045SRST
2046``-usbdevice devname``
Thomas Huthc2a34ab2021-03-10 18:33:23 +01002047 Add the USB device devname, and enable an on-board USB controller
2048 if possible and necessary (just like it can be done via
2049 ``-machine usb=on``). Note that this option is mainly intended for
2050 the user's convenience only. More fine-grained control can be
2051 achieved by selecting a USB host controller (if necessary) and the
2052 desired USB device via the ``-device`` option instead. For example,
2053 instead of using ``-usbdevice mouse`` it is possible to use
2054 ``-device qemu-xhci -device usb-mouse`` to connect the USB mouse
2055 to a USB 3.0 controller instead (at least on machines that support
2056 PCI and do not have an USB controller enabled by default yet).
2057 For more details, see the chapter about
Thomas Huth923e9312020-11-16 15:47:36 +01002058 :ref:`Connecting USB devices` in the System Emulation Users Guide.
Thomas Huthc2a34ab2021-03-10 18:33:23 +01002059 Possible devices for devname are:
2060
2061 ``braille``
2062 Braille device. This will use BrlAPI to display the braille
2063 output on a real or fake device (i.e. it also creates a
2064 corresponding ``braille`` chardev automatically beside the
2065 ``usb-braille`` USB device).
2066
Thomas Huthc2a34ab2021-03-10 18:33:23 +01002067 ``keyboard``
2068 Standard USB keyboard. Will override the PS/2 keyboard (if present).
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002069
2070 ``mouse``
2071 Virtual Mouse. This will override the PS/2 mouse emulation when
2072 activated.
2073
2074 ``tablet``
2075 Pointer device that uses absolute coordinates (like a
2076 touchscreen). This means QEMU is able to report the mouse
2077 position without having to grab the mouse. Also overrides the
2078 PS/2 mouse emulation when activated.
2079
Thomas Huthc2a34ab2021-03-10 18:33:23 +01002080 ``wacom-tablet``
2081 Wacom PenPartner USB tablet.
2082
2083
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002084ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01002085
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01002086DEFHEADING()
2087
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02002088DEFHEADING(Display options:)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002089
Jes Sorensen1472a952011-03-16 13:33:31 +01002090DEF("display", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_display,
Thomas Huth88b40c62019-10-23 14:01:28 +02002091#if defined(CONFIG_SPICE)
Marc-André Lureaud8aec9d2019-02-21 12:07:03 +01002092 "-display spice-app[,gl=on|off]\n"
Thomas Huth88b40c62019-10-23 14:01:28 +02002093#endif
2094#if defined(CONFIG_SDL)
Thomas Hutha743d602022-05-19 17:56:23 +02002095 "-display sdl[,gl=on|core|es|off][,grab-mod=<mod>][,show-cursor=on|off]\n"
2096 " [,window-close=on|off]\n"
Thomas Huth88b40c62019-10-23 14:01:28 +02002097#endif
Robert Hof04ec5a2016-07-26 18:17:11 +08002098#if defined(CONFIG_GTK)
Thomas Huth95f439b2021-06-30 18:32:31 +02002099 "-display gtk[,full-screen=on|off][,gl=on|off][,grab-on-hover=on|off]\n"
Felix xq Queißnerc34a9332022-07-12 15:37:53 +02002100 " [,show-tabs=on|off][,show-cursor=on|off][,window-close=on|off]\n"
BALATON Zoltane26c9402024-02-09 01:05:06 +01002101 " [,show-menubar=on|off][,zoom-to-fit=on|off]\n"
Thomas Huth88b40c62019-10-23 14:01:28 +02002102#endif
2103#if defined(CONFIG_VNC)
2104 "-display vnc=<display>[,<optargs>]\n"
2105#endif
2106#if defined(CONFIG_CURSES)
2107 "-display curses[,charset=<encoding>]\n"
2108#endif
Gustavo Noronha Silvaf844cdb2022-03-06 21:11:18 +09002109#if defined(CONFIG_COCOA)
Gustavo Noronha Silva4797adc2022-03-06 21:11:19 +09002110 "-display cocoa[,full-grab=on|off][,swap-opt-cmd=on|off]\n"
Akihiko Odaki9ab87152023-12-14 15:31:35 +09002111 " [,show-cursor=on|off][,left-command-key=on|off]\n"
Akihiko Odakid502dfc2023-12-14 15:31:36 +09002112 " [,full-screen=on|off][,zoom-to-fit=on|off]\n"
Gustavo Noronha Silvaf844cdb2022-03-06 21:11:18 +09002113#endif
Thomas Huth88b40c62019-10-23 14:01:28 +02002114#if defined(CONFIG_OPENGL)
2115 "-display egl-headless[,rendernode=<file>]\n"
2116#endif
Marc-André Lureau142ca622021-07-15 11:53:53 +04002117#if defined(CONFIG_DBUS_DISPLAY)
2118 "-display dbus[,addr=<dbusaddr>]\n"
2119 " [,gl=on|core|es|off][,rendernode=<file>]\n"
2120#endif
Thomas Huth88b40c62019-10-23 14:01:28 +02002121 "-display none\n"
2122 " select display backend type\n"
2123 " The default display is equivalent to\n "
2124#if defined(CONFIG_GTK)
2125 "\"-display gtk\"\n"
Robert Hof04ec5a2016-07-26 18:17:11 +08002126#elif defined(CONFIG_SDL)
Thomas Huth88b40c62019-10-23 14:01:28 +02002127 "\"-display sdl\"\n"
Robert Hof04ec5a2016-07-26 18:17:11 +08002128#elif defined(CONFIG_COCOA)
Thomas Huth88b40c62019-10-23 14:01:28 +02002129 "\"-display cocoa\"\n"
Robert Hof04ec5a2016-07-26 18:17:11 +08002130#elif defined(CONFIG_VNC)
Thomas Huth88b40c62019-10-23 14:01:28 +02002131 "\"-vnc localhost:0,to=99,id=default\"\n"
Robert Hof04ec5a2016-07-26 18:17:11 +08002132#else
Thomas Huth88b40c62019-10-23 14:01:28 +02002133 "\"-display none\"\n"
Robert Hof04ec5a2016-07-26 18:17:11 +08002134#endif
2135 , QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002136SRST
2137``-display type``
Thomas Huth707d93d2022-05-19 17:56:25 +02002138 Select type of display to use. Use ``-display help`` to list the available
2139 display types. Valid values for type are
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002140
Ahmed Abouziedddc71752021-06-01 19:41:18 +02002141 ``spice-app[,gl=on|off]``
2142 Start QEMU as a Spice server and launch the default Spice client
2143 application. The Spice server will redirect the serial consoles
2144 and QEMU monitors. (Since 4.0)
2145
Marc-André Lureau142ca622021-07-15 11:53:53 +04002146 ``dbus``
2147 Export the display over D-Bus interfaces. (Since 7.0)
2148
2149 The connection is registered with the "org.qemu" name (and queued when
2150 already owned).
2151
2152 ``addr=<dbusaddr>`` : D-Bus bus address to connect to.
2153
Marc-André Lureau99997822021-10-10 00:16:57 +04002154 ``p2p=yes|no`` : Use peer-to-peer connection, accepted via QMP ``add_client``.
2155
2156 ``gl=on|off|core|es`` : Use OpenGL for rendering (the D-Bus interface
2157 will share framebuffers with DMABUF file descriptors).
Marc-André Lureau142ca622021-07-15 11:53:53 +04002158
Thomas Huth95f439b2021-06-30 18:32:31 +02002159 ``sdl``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002160 Display video output via SDL (usually in a separate graphics
2161 window; see the SDL documentation for other possibilities).
Thomas Huth95f439b2021-06-30 18:32:31 +02002162 Valid parameters are:
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002163
Thomas Huth8e8e8442021-08-25 11:20:21 +02002164 ``grab-mod=<mods>`` : Used to select the modifier keys for toggling
John Snow450e0f22021-10-04 17:52:36 -04002165 the mouse grabbing in conjunction with the "g" key. ``<mods>`` can be
2166 either ``lshift-lctrl-lalt`` or ``rctrl``.
Thomas Huth8e8e8442021-08-25 11:20:21 +02002167
Thomas Huth95f439b2021-06-30 18:32:31 +02002168 ``gl=on|off|core|es`` : Use OpenGL for displaying
2169
2170 ``show-cursor=on|off`` : Force showing the mouse cursor
2171
2172 ``window-close=on|off`` : Allow to quit qemu with window close button
2173
2174 ``gtk``
Ahmed Abouziedddc71752021-06-01 19:41:18 +02002175 Display video output in a GTK window. This interface provides
2176 drop-down menus and other UI elements to configure and control
Thomas Huth95f439b2021-06-30 18:32:31 +02002177 the VM during runtime. Valid parameters are:
Ahmed Abouziedddc71752021-06-01 19:41:18 +02002178
Thomas Huth95f439b2021-06-30 18:32:31 +02002179 ``full-screen=on|off`` : Start in fullscreen mode
2180
2181 ``gl=on|off`` : Use OpenGL for displaying
2182
2183 ``grab-on-hover=on|off`` : Grab keyboard input on mouse hover
2184
Felix xq Queißnerc34a9332022-07-12 15:37:53 +02002185 ``show-tabs=on|off`` : Display the tab bar for switching between the
2186 various graphical interfaces (e.g. VGA and
2187 virtual console character devices) by default.
2188
Thomas Huth95f439b2021-06-30 18:32:31 +02002189 ``show-cursor=on|off`` : Force showing the mouse cursor
2190
2191 ``window-close=on|off`` : Allow to quit qemu with window close button
2192
Bryce Millsdbccb1a2022-10-11 13:58:21 +00002193 ``show-menubar=on|off`` : Display the main window menubar, defaults to "on"
2194
Jan Kratochvilc35d9372023-06-28 18:23:36 +08002195 ``zoom-to-fit=on|off`` : Expand video output to the window size,
2196 defaults to "off"
2197
Thomas Huth95f439b2021-06-30 18:32:31 +02002198 ``curses[,charset=<encoding>]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002199 Display video output via curses. For graphics device models
2200 which support a text mode, QEMU can display this output using a
2201 curses/ncurses interface. Nothing is displayed when the graphics
2202 device is in graphical mode or if the graphics device does not
2203 support a text mode. Generally only the VGA device models
2204 support text mode. The font charset used by the guest can be
2205 specified with the ``charset`` option, for example
2206 ``charset=CP850`` for IBM CP850 encoding. The default is
2207 ``CP437``.
2208
Carwyn Ellis48941a52022-01-02 17:41:52 +00002209 ``cocoa``
2210 Display video output in a Cocoa window. Mac only. This interface
2211 provides drop-down menus and other UI elements to configure and
2212 control the VM during runtime. Valid parameters are:
2213
Akihiko Odakid502dfc2023-12-14 15:31:36 +09002214 ``full-grab=on|off`` : Capture all key presses, including system combos.
2215 This requires accessibility permissions, since it
2216 performs a global grab on key events.
2217 (default: off) See
2218 https://support.apple.com/en-in/guide/mac-help/mh32356/mac
2219
2220 ``swap-opt-cmd=on|off`` : Swap the Option and Command keys so that their
2221 key codes match their position on non-Mac
2222 keyboards and you can use Meta/Super and Alt
2223 where you expect them. (default: off)
2224
Carwyn Ellis48941a52022-01-02 17:41:52 +00002225 ``show-cursor=on|off`` : Force showing the mouse cursor
2226
2227 ``left-command-key=on|off`` : Disable forwarding left command key to host
2228
Akihiko Odakid502dfc2023-12-14 15:31:36 +09002229 ``full-screen=on|off`` : Start in fullscreen mode
2230
2231 ``zoom-to-fit=on|off`` : Expand video output to the window size,
2232 defaults to "off"
2233
Thomas Huth95f439b2021-06-30 18:32:31 +02002234 ``egl-headless[,rendernode=<file>]``
Ahmed Abouziedddc71752021-06-01 19:41:18 +02002235 Offload all OpenGL operations to a local DRI device. For any
2236 graphical display, this display needs to be paired with either
2237 VNC or SPICE displays.
2238
Thomas Huth95f439b2021-06-30 18:32:31 +02002239 ``vnc=<display>``
2240 Start a VNC server on display <display>
2241
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002242 ``none``
2243 Do not display video output. The guest will still see an
2244 emulated graphics card, but its output will not be displayed to
2245 the QEMU user. This option differs from the -nographic option in
2246 that it only affects what is done with video output; -nographic
2247 also changes the destination of the serial and parallel port
2248 data.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002249ERST
Jes Sorensen1472a952011-03-16 13:33:31 +01002250
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002251DEF("nographic", 0, QEMU_OPTION_nographic,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00002252 "-nographic disable graphical output and redirect serial I/Os to console\n",
2253 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002254SRST
2255``-nographic``
2256 Normally, if QEMU is compiled with graphical window support, it
2257 displays output such as guest graphics, guest console, and the QEMU
2258 monitor in a window. With this option, you can totally disable
2259 graphical output so that QEMU is a simple command line application.
2260 The emulated serial port is redirected on the console and muxed with
2261 the monitor (unless redirected elsewhere explicitly). Therefore, you
2262 can still use QEMU to debug a Linux kernel with a serial console.
2263 Use C-a h for help on switching between the console and monitor.
2264ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002265
Marc-André Lureau5324e3e2021-09-09 12:44:11 +04002266#ifdef CONFIG_SPICE
Gerd Hoffmann29b00402010-03-11 11:13:27 -03002267DEF("spice", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_spice,
Yonit Halperin27af7782012-08-21 13:54:20 +03002268 "-spice [port=port][,tls-port=secured-port][,x509-dir=<dir>]\n"
2269 " [,x509-key-file=<file>][,x509-key-password=<file>]\n"
2270 " [,x509-cert-file=<file>][,x509-cacert-file=<file>]\n"
Daniel P. Berrangéa9daa362021-02-16 19:10:20 +00002271 " [,x509-dh-key-file=<file>][,addr=addr]\n"
2272 " [,ipv4=on|off][,ipv6=on|off][,unix=on|off]\n"
Yonit Halperin27af7782012-08-21 13:54:20 +03002273 " [,tls-ciphers=<list>]\n"
2274 " [,tls-channel=[main|display|cursor|inputs|record|playback]]\n"
2275 " [,plaintext-channel=[main|display|cursor|inputs|record|playback]]\n"
Daniel P. Berrangé99522f62021-03-11 11:43:42 +00002276 " [,sasl=on|off][,disable-ticketing=on|off]\n"
Daniel P. Berrangé36debaf2022-12-01 04:22:11 -05002277 " [,password-secret=<secret-id>]\n"
Yonit Halperin27af7782012-08-21 13:54:20 +03002278 " [,image-compression=[auto_glz|auto_lz|quic|glz|lz|off]]\n"
2279 " [,jpeg-wan-compression=[auto|never|always]]\n"
2280 " [,zlib-glz-wan-compression=[auto|never|always]]\n"
Daniel P. Berrangéa9daa362021-02-16 19:10:20 +00002281 " [,streaming-video=[off|all|filter]][,disable-copy-paste=on|off]\n"
2282 " [,disable-agent-file-xfer=on|off][,agent-mouse=[on|off]]\n"
Hans de Goede5ad24e52013-06-08 15:37:27 +02002283 " [,playback-compression=[on|off]][,seamless-migration=[on|off]]\n"
Marc-André Lureau7b525502017-02-12 15:21:18 +04002284 " [,gl=[on|off]][,rendernode=<file>]\n"
Thomas Hutha635bcf2023-07-03 09:56:46 +02002285 " enable spice\n"
2286 " at least one of {port, tls-port} is mandatory\n",
Yonit Halperin27af7782012-08-21 13:54:20 +03002287 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Marc-André Lureau5324e3e2021-09-09 12:44:11 +04002288#endif
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002289SRST
2290``-spice option[,option[,...]]``
2291 Enable the spice remote desktop protocol. Valid options are
2292
2293 ``port=<nr>``
2294 Set the TCP port spice is listening on for plaintext channels.
2295
2296 ``addr=<addr>``
2297 Set the IP address spice is listening on. Default is any
2298 address.
2299
Daniel P. Berrangéa9daa362021-02-16 19:10:20 +00002300 ``ipv4=on|off``; \ ``ipv6=on|off``; \ ``unix=on|off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002301 Force using the specified IP version.
2302
Daniel P. Berrangé99522f62021-03-11 11:43:42 +00002303 ``password-secret=<secret-id>``
2304 Set the ID of the ``secret`` object containing the password
2305 you need to authenticate.
2306
Daniel P. Berrangéa9daa362021-02-16 19:10:20 +00002307 ``sasl=on|off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002308 Require that the client use SASL to authenticate with the spice.
2309 The exact choice of authentication method used is controlled
2310 from the system / user's SASL configuration file for the 'qemu'
2311 service. This is typically found in /etc/sasl2/qemu.conf. If
2312 running QEMU as an unprivileged user, an environment variable
2313 SASL\_CONF\_PATH can be used to make it search alternate
2314 locations for the service config. While some SASL auth methods
2315 can also provide data encryption (eg GSSAPI), it is recommended
2316 that SASL always be combined with the 'tls' and 'x509' settings
2317 to enable use of SSL and server certificates. This ensures a
2318 data encryption preventing compromise of authentication
2319 credentials.
2320
Daniel P. Berrangéa9daa362021-02-16 19:10:20 +00002321 ``disable-ticketing=on|off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002322 Allow client connects without authentication.
2323
Daniel P. Berrangéa9daa362021-02-16 19:10:20 +00002324 ``disable-copy-paste=on|off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002325 Disable copy paste between the client and the guest.
2326
Daniel P. Berrangéa9daa362021-02-16 19:10:20 +00002327 ``disable-agent-file-xfer=on|off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002328 Disable spice-vdagent based file-xfer between the client and the
2329 guest.
2330
2331 ``tls-port=<nr>``
2332 Set the TCP port spice is listening on for encrypted channels.
2333
2334 ``x509-dir=<dir>``
2335 Set the x509 file directory. Expects same filenames as -vnc
2336 $display,x509=$dir
2337
2338 ``x509-key-file=<file>``; \ ``x509-key-password=<file>``; \ ``x509-cert-file=<file>``; \ ``x509-cacert-file=<file>``; \ ``x509-dh-key-file=<file>``
2339 The x509 file names can also be configured individually.
2340
2341 ``tls-ciphers=<list>``
2342 Specify which ciphers to use.
2343
2344 ``tls-channel=[main|display|cursor|inputs|record|playback]``; \ ``plaintext-channel=[main|display|cursor|inputs|record|playback]``
2345 Force specific channel to be used with or without TLS
2346 encryption. The options can be specified multiple times to
2347 configure multiple channels. The special name "default" can be
2348 used to set the default mode. For channels which are not
2349 explicitly forced into one mode the spice client is allowed to
2350 pick tls/plaintext as he pleases.
2351
2352 ``image-compression=[auto_glz|auto_lz|quic|glz|lz|off]``
2353 Configure image compression (lossless). Default is auto\_glz.
2354
2355 ``jpeg-wan-compression=[auto|never|always]``; \ ``zlib-glz-wan-compression=[auto|never|always]``
2356 Configure wan image compression (lossy for slow links). Default
2357 is auto.
2358
2359 ``streaming-video=[off|all|filter]``
2360 Configure video stream detection. Default is off.
2361
2362 ``agent-mouse=[on|off]``
2363 Enable/disable passing mouse events via vdagent. Default is on.
2364
2365 ``playback-compression=[on|off]``
2366 Enable/disable audio stream compression (using celt 0.5.1).
2367 Default is on.
2368
2369 ``seamless-migration=[on|off]``
2370 Enable/disable spice seamless migration. Default is off.
2371
2372 ``gl=[on|off]``
2373 Enable/disable OpenGL context. Default is off.
2374
2375 ``rendernode=<file>``
2376 DRM render node for OpenGL rendering. If not specified, it will
2377 pick the first available. (Since 2.9)
2378ERST
Gerd Hoffmann29b00402010-03-11 11:13:27 -03002379
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002380DEF("vga", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_vga,
Gerd Hoffmanna94f0c52014-09-10 14:28:48 +02002381 "-vga [std|cirrus|vmware|qxl|xenfb|tcx|cg3|virtio|none]\n"
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00002382 " select video card type\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002383SRST
2384``-vga type``
2385 Select type of VGA card to emulate. Valid values for type are
2386
2387 ``cirrus``
2388 Cirrus Logic GD5446 Video card. All Windows versions starting
2389 from Windows 95 should recognize and use this graphic card. For
2390 optimal performances, use 16 bit color depth in the guest and
2391 the host OS. (This card was the default before QEMU 2.2)
2392
2393 ``std``
2394 Standard VGA card with Bochs VBE extensions. If your guest OS
2395 supports the VESA 2.0 VBE extensions (e.g. Windows XP) and if
2396 you want to use high resolution modes (>= 1280x1024x16) then you
2397 should use this option. (This card is the default since QEMU
2398 2.2)
2399
2400 ``vmware``
2401 VMWare SVGA-II compatible adapter. Use it if you have
2402 sufficiently recent XFree86/XOrg server or Windows guest with a
2403 driver for this card.
2404
2405 ``qxl``
2406 QXL paravirtual graphic card. It is VGA compatible (including
2407 VESA 2.0 VBE support). Works best with qxl guest drivers
2408 installed though. Recommended choice when using the spice
2409 protocol.
2410
2411 ``tcx``
2412 (sun4m only) Sun TCX framebuffer. This is the default
2413 framebuffer for sun4m machines and offers both 8-bit and 24-bit
2414 colour depths at a fixed resolution of 1024x768.
2415
2416 ``cg3``
2417 (sun4m only) Sun cgthree framebuffer. This is a simple 8-bit
2418 framebuffer for sun4m machines available in both 1024x768
2419 (OpenBIOS) and 1152x900 (OBP) resolutions aimed at people
2420 wishing to run older Solaris versions.
2421
2422 ``virtio``
2423 Virtio VGA card.
2424
2425 ``none``
2426 Disable VGA card.
2427ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002428
2429DEF("full-screen", 0, QEMU_OPTION_full_screen,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00002430 "-full-screen start in full screen\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002431SRST
2432``-full-screen``
2433 Start in full screen.
2434ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002435
John Snow60f9a4e2020-02-04 11:56:38 -05002436DEF("g", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_g ,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00002437 "-g WxH[xDEPTH] Set the initial graphical resolution and depth\n",
Laurent Vivier8ac919a2019-10-26 18:45:43 +02002438 QEMU_ARCH_PPC | QEMU_ARCH_SPARC | QEMU_ARCH_M68K)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002439SRST
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00002440``-g`` *width*\ ``x``\ *height*\ ``[x``\ *depth*\ ``]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002441 Set the initial graphical resolution and depth (PPC, SPARC only).
2442
2443 For PPC the default is 800x600x32.
2444
2445 For SPARC with the TCX graphics device, the default is 1024x768x8
2446 with the option of 1024x768x24. For cgthree, the default is
2447 1024x768x8 with the option of 1152x900x8 for people who wish to use
2448 OBP.
2449ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002450
Marc-André Lureau62611642023-10-25 17:05:08 +04002451#ifdef CONFIG_VNC
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002452DEF("vnc", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_vnc ,
Robert Hof04ec5a2016-07-26 18:17:11 +08002453 "-vnc <display> shorthand for -display vnc=<display>\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Marc-André Lureau62611642023-10-25 17:05:08 +04002454#endif
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002455SRST
2456``-vnc display[,option[,option[,...]]]``
2457 Normally, if QEMU is compiled with graphical window support, it
2458 displays output such as guest graphics, guest console, and the QEMU
2459 monitor in a window. With this option, you can have QEMU listen on
2460 VNC display display and redirect the VGA display over the VNC
2461 session. It is very useful to enable the usb tablet device when
2462 using this option (option ``-device usb-tablet``). When using the
2463 VNC display, you must use the ``-k`` parameter to set the keyboard
2464 layout if you are not using en-us. Valid syntax for the display is
2465
2466 ``to=L``
2467 With this option, QEMU will try next available VNC displays,
Manos Pitsidianakis835f3642024-02-20 10:52:23 +02002468 until the number L, if the originally defined "-vnc display" is
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002469 not available, e.g. port 5900+display is already used by another
2470 application. By default, to=0.
2471
2472 ``host:d``
2473 TCP connections will only be allowed from host on display d. By
2474 convention the TCP port is 5900+d. Optionally, host can be
2475 omitted in which case the server will accept connections from
2476 any host.
2477
2478 ``unix:path``
2479 Connections will be allowed over UNIX domain sockets where path
2480 is the location of a unix socket to listen for connections on.
2481
2482 ``none``
2483 VNC is initialized but not started. The monitor ``change``
2484 command can be used to later start the VNC server.
2485
2486 Following the display value there may be one or more option flags
2487 separated by commas. Valid options are
2488
Daniel P. Berrangé82a17d12021-02-16 19:10:23 +00002489 ``reverse=on|off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002490 Connect to a listening VNC client via a "reverse" connection.
2491 The client is specified by the display. For reverse network
2492 connections (host:d,``reverse``), the d argument is a TCP port
2493 number, not a display number.
2494
Daniel P. Berrangé82a17d12021-02-16 19:10:23 +00002495 ``websocket=on|off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002496 Opens an additional TCP listening port dedicated to VNC
2497 Websocket connections. If a bare websocket option is given, the
2498 Websocket port is 5700+display. An alternative port can be
2499 specified with the syntax ``websocket``\ =port.
2500
2501 If host is specified connections will only be allowed from this
2502 host. It is possible to control the websocket listen address
2503 independently, using the syntax ``websocket``\ =host:port.
2504
Sergii Zasenko41582632023-07-24 13:03:53 +03002505 Websocket could be allowed over UNIX domain socket, using the syntax
2506 ``websocket``\ =unix:path, where path is the location of a unix socket
2507 to listen for connections on.
2508
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002509 If no TLS credentials are provided, the websocket connection
2510 runs in unencrypted mode. If TLS credentials are provided, the
2511 websocket connection requires encrypted client connections.
2512
Daniel P. Berrangé82a17d12021-02-16 19:10:23 +00002513 ``password=on|off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002514 Require that password based authentication is used for client
2515 connections.
2516
2517 The password must be set separately using the ``set_password``
Thomas Huth923e9312020-11-16 15:47:36 +01002518 command in the :ref:`QEMU monitor`. The
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002519 syntax to change your password is:
2520 ``set_password <protocol> <password>`` where <protocol> could be
2521 either "vnc" or "spice".
2522
2523 If you would like to change <protocol> password expiration, you
2524 should use ``expire_password <protocol> <expiration-time>``
2525 where expiration time could be one of the following options:
2526 now, never, +seconds or UNIX time of expiration, e.g. +60 to
2527 make password expire in 60 seconds, or 1335196800 to make
2528 password expire on "Mon Apr 23 12:00:00 EDT 2012" (UNIX time for
2529 this date and time).
2530
2531 You can also use keywords "now" or "never" for the expiration
2532 time to allow <protocol> password to expire immediately or never
2533 expire.
2534
Daniel P. Berrangé6c6840e2021-03-11 11:43:41 +00002535 ``password-secret=<secret-id>``
2536 Require that password based authentication is used for client
2537 connections, using the password provided by the ``secret``
2538 object identified by ``secret-id``.
2539
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002540 ``tls-creds=ID``
2541 Provides the ID of a set of TLS credentials to use to secure the
2542 VNC server. They will apply to both the normal VNC server socket
2543 and the websocket socket (if enabled). Setting TLS credentials
2544 will cause the VNC server socket to enable the VeNCrypt auth
2545 mechanism. The credentials should have been previously created
2546 using the ``-object tls-creds`` argument.
2547
2548 ``tls-authz=ID``
2549 Provides the ID of the QAuthZ authorization object against which
2550 the client's x509 distinguished name will validated. This object
2551 is only resolved at time of use, so can be deleted and recreated
2552 on the fly while the VNC server is active. If missing, it will
2553 default to denying access.
2554
Daniel P. Berrangé82a17d12021-02-16 19:10:23 +00002555 ``sasl=on|off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002556 Require that the client use SASL to authenticate with the VNC
2557 server. The exact choice of authentication method used is
2558 controlled from the system / user's SASL configuration file for
2559 the 'qemu' service. This is typically found in
2560 /etc/sasl2/qemu.conf. If running QEMU as an unprivileged user,
2561 an environment variable SASL\_CONF\_PATH can be used to make it
2562 search alternate locations for the service config. While some
2563 SASL auth methods can also provide data encryption (eg GSSAPI),
2564 it is recommended that SASL always be combined with the 'tls'
2565 and 'x509' settings to enable use of SSL and server
2566 certificates. This ensures a data encryption preventing
2567 compromise of authentication credentials. See the
Thomas Huth923e9312020-11-16 15:47:36 +01002568 :ref:`VNC security` section in the System Emulation Users Guide
2569 for details on using SASL authentication.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002570
2571 ``sasl-authz=ID``
2572 Provides the ID of the QAuthZ authorization object against which
2573 the client's SASL username will validated. This object is only
2574 resolved at time of use, so can be deleted and recreated on the
2575 fly while the VNC server is active. If missing, it will default
2576 to denying access.
2577
Daniel P. Berrangé82a17d12021-02-16 19:10:23 +00002578 ``acl=on|off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002579 Legacy method for enabling authorization of clients against the
2580 x509 distinguished name and SASL username. It results in the
2581 creation of two ``authz-list`` objects with IDs of
2582 ``vnc.username`` and ``vnc.x509dname``. The rules for these
2583 objects must be configured with the HMP ACL commands.
2584
2585 This option is deprecated and should no longer be used. The new
2586 ``sasl-authz`` and ``tls-authz`` options are a replacement.
2587
Daniel P. Berrangé82a17d12021-02-16 19:10:23 +00002588 ``lossy=on|off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002589 Enable lossy compression methods (gradient, JPEG, ...). If this
2590 option is set, VNC client may receive lossy framebuffer updates
2591 depending on its encoding settings. Enabling this option can
2592 save a lot of bandwidth at the expense of quality.
2593
Daniel P. Berrangé82a17d12021-02-16 19:10:23 +00002594 ``non-adaptive=on|off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002595 Disable adaptive encodings. Adaptive encodings are enabled by
2596 default. An adaptive encoding will try to detect frequently
2597 updated screen regions, and send updates in these regions using
2598 a lossy encoding (like JPEG). This can be really helpful to save
2599 bandwidth when playing videos. Disabling adaptive encodings
2600 restores the original static behavior of encodings like Tight.
2601
2602 ``share=[allow-exclusive|force-shared|ignore]``
2603 Set display sharing policy. 'allow-exclusive' allows clients to
2604 ask for exclusive access. As suggested by the rfb spec this is
2605 implemented by dropping other connections. Connecting multiple
2606 clients in parallel requires all clients asking for a shared
2607 session (vncviewer: -shared switch). This is the default.
2608 'force-shared' disables exclusive client access. Useful for
2609 shared desktop sessions, where you don't want someone forgetting
2610 specify -shared disconnect everybody else. 'ignore' completely
2611 ignores the shared flag and allows everybody connect
2612 unconditionally. Doesn't conform to the rfb spec but is
2613 traditional QEMU behavior.
2614
2615 ``key-delay-ms``
2616 Set keyboard delay, for key down and key up events, in
2617 milliseconds. Default is 10. Keyboards are low-bandwidth
2618 devices, so this slowdown can help the device and guest to keep
2619 up and not lose events in case events are arriving in bulk.
2620 Possible causes for the latter are flaky network connections, or
2621 scripts for automated testing.
2622
2623 ``audiodev=audiodev``
2624 Use the specified audiodev when the VNC client requests audio
2625 transmission. When not using an -audiodev argument, this option
2626 must be omitted, otherwise is must be present and specify a
2627 valid audiodev.
Daniel P. Berrangé7b5fa0b2020-12-11 16:08:25 +00002628
Daniel P. Berrangé82a17d12021-02-16 19:10:23 +00002629 ``power-control=on|off``
Daniel P. Berrangé7b5fa0b2020-12-11 16:08:25 +00002630 Permit the remote client to issue shutdown, reboot or reset power
2631 control requests.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002632ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002633
Michael Ellermana3adb7a2011-12-19 17:19:31 +11002634ARCHHEADING(, QEMU_ARCH_I386)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002635
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02002636ARCHHEADING(i386 target only:, QEMU_ARCH_I386)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002637
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002638DEF("win2k-hack", 0, QEMU_OPTION_win2k_hack,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00002639 "-win2k-hack use it when installing Windows 2000 to avoid a disk full bug\n",
2640 QEMU_ARCH_I386)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002641SRST
2642``-win2k-hack``
2643 Use it when installing Windows 2000 to avoid a disk full bug. After
2644 Windows 2000 is installed, you no longer need this option (this
Paolo Bonzinid13f4032024-02-20 17:09:30 +01002645 option slows down the IDE transfers). Synonym of ``-global
2646 ide-device.win2k-install-hack=on``.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002647ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002648
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002649DEF("no-fd-bootchk", 0, QEMU_OPTION_no_fd_bootchk,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00002650 "-no-fd-bootchk disable boot signature checking for floppy disks\n",
2651 QEMU_ARCH_I386)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002652SRST
2653``-no-fd-bootchk``
2654 Disable boot signature checking for floppy disks in BIOS. May be
Paolo Bonzini84e945a2024-02-13 10:56:56 +01002655 needed to boot from old floppy disks. Synonym of ``-m fd-bootchk=off``.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002656ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002657
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002658DEF("acpitable", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_acpitable,
Michael Tokarev104bf022011-05-12 18:44:17 +04002659 "-acpitable [sig=str][,rev=n][,oem_id=str][,oem_table_id=str][,oem_rev=n][,asl_compiler_id=str][,asl_compiler_rev=n][,{data|file}=file1[:file2]...]\n"
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00002660 " ACPI table description\n", QEMU_ARCH_I386)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002661SRST
2662``-acpitable [sig=str][,rev=n][,oem_id=str][,oem_table_id=str][,oem_rev=n] [,asl_compiler_id=str][,asl_compiler_rev=n][,data=file1[:file2]...]``
2663 Add ACPI table with specified header fields and context from
2664 specified files. For file=, take whole ACPI table from the specified
2665 files, including all ACPI headers (possible overridden by other
2666 options). For data=, only data portion of the table is used, all
2667 header information is specified in the command line. If a SLIC table
2668 is supplied to QEMU, then the SLIC's oem\_id and oem\_table\_id
2669 fields will override the same in the RSDT and the FADT (a.k.a.
2670 FACP), in order to ensure the field matches required by the
2671 Microsoft SLIC spec and the ACPI spec.
2672ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002673
aliguorib6f6e3d2009-04-17 18:59:56 +00002674DEF("smbios", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_smbios,
2675 "-smbios file=binary\n"
Bruce Rogersca1a8a02010-01-06 12:33:57 -07002676 " load SMBIOS entry from binary file\n"
Gabriel L. Somlob155eb12015-02-05 11:45:30 -05002677 "-smbios type=0[,vendor=str][,version=str][,date=str][,release=%d.%d]\n"
2678 " [,uefi=on|off]\n"
Bruce Rogersca1a8a02010-01-06 12:33:57 -07002679 " specify SMBIOS type 0 fields\n"
aliguorib6f6e3d2009-04-17 18:59:56 +00002680 "-smbios type=1[,manufacturer=str][,product=str][,version=str][,serial=str]\n"
2681 " [,uuid=uuid][,sku=str][,family=str]\n"
Gabriel L. Somlob155eb12015-02-05 11:45:30 -05002682 " specify SMBIOS type 1 fields\n"
2683 "-smbios type=2[,manufacturer=str][,product=str][,version=str][,serial=str]\n"
2684 " [,asset=str][,location=str]\n"
2685 " specify SMBIOS type 2 fields\n"
2686 "-smbios type=3[,manufacturer=str][,version=str][,serial=str][,asset=str]\n"
2687 " [,sku=str]\n"
2688 " specify SMBIOS type 3 fields\n"
2689 "-smbios type=4[,sock_pfx=str][,manufacturer=str][,version=str][,serial=str]\n"
Ying Fangc906e032020-08-06 11:56:33 +08002690 " [,asset=str][,part=str][,max-speed=%d][,current-speed=%d]\n"
Heinrich Schuchardt68baeaa2024-07-29 22:48:15 +02002691 " [,processor-family=%d][,processor-id=%d]\n"
Gabriel L. Somlob155eb12015-02-05 11:45:30 -05002692 " specify SMBIOS type 4 fields\n"
Hal Martinfd8caa22022-08-12 15:51:53 +02002693 "-smbios type=8[,external_reference=str][,internal_reference=str][,connector_type=%d][,port_type=%d]\n"
2694 " specify SMBIOS type 8 fields\n"
Daniel P. Berrangé48a7ff42020-09-23 14:38:04 +01002695 "-smbios type=11[,value=str][,path=filename]\n"
2696 " specify SMBIOS type 11 fields\n"
Gabriel L. Somlob155eb12015-02-05 11:45:30 -05002697 "-smbios type=17[,loc_pfx=str][,bank=str][,manufacturer=str][,serial=str]\n"
Gabriel L. Somlo3ebd6cc2015-03-11 13:58:01 -04002698 " [,asset=str][,part=str][,speed=%d]\n"
Vincent Bernat05dfb442021-04-01 19:11:38 +02002699 " specify SMBIOS type 17 fields\n"
2700 "-smbios type=41[,designation=str][,kind=str][,instance=%d][,pcidev=str]\n"
2701 " specify SMBIOS type 41 fields\n",
Heinrich Schuchardte2ff0de2024-01-23 19:42:29 +01002702 QEMU_ARCH_I386 | QEMU_ARCH_ARM | QEMU_ARCH_LOONGARCH | QEMU_ARCH_RISCV)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002703SRST
2704``-smbios file=binary``
2705 Load SMBIOS entry from binary file.
2706
2707``-smbios type=0[,vendor=str][,version=str][,date=str][,release=%d.%d][,uefi=on|off]``
2708 Specify SMBIOS type 0 fields
2709
2710``-smbios type=1[,manufacturer=str][,product=str][,version=str][,serial=str][,uuid=uuid][,sku=str][,family=str]``
2711 Specify SMBIOS type 1 fields
2712
2713``-smbios type=2[,manufacturer=str][,product=str][,version=str][,serial=str][,asset=str][,location=str]``
2714 Specify SMBIOS type 2 fields
2715
2716``-smbios type=3[,manufacturer=str][,version=str][,serial=str][,asset=str][,sku=str]``
2717 Specify SMBIOS type 3 fields
2718
Heinrich Schuchardtb5831d72024-01-23 19:42:26 +01002719``-smbios type=4[,sock_pfx=str][,manufacturer=str][,version=str][,serial=str][,asset=str][,part=str][,processor-family=%d][,processor-id=%d]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002720 Specify SMBIOS type 4 fields
2721
Felix Wu04f143d2024-02-21 17:00:27 +00002722``-smbios type=9[,slot_designation=str][,slot_type=%d][,slot_data_bus_width=%d][,current_usage=%d][,slot_length=%d][,slot_id=%d][,slot_characteristics1=%d][,slot_characteristics12=%d][,pci_device=str]``
Felix Wu735eee02024-02-21 17:00:26 +00002723 Specify SMBIOS type 9 fields
2724
Daniel P. Berrangé48a7ff42020-09-23 14:38:04 +01002725``-smbios type=11[,value=str][,path=filename]``
2726 Specify SMBIOS type 11 fields
2727
2728 This argument can be repeated multiple times, and values are added in the order they are parsed.
2729 Applications intending to use OEM strings data are encouraged to use their application name as
2730 a prefix for the value string. This facilitates passing information for multiple applications
2731 concurrently.
2732
2733 The ``value=str`` syntax provides the string data inline, while the ``path=filename`` syntax
2734 loads data from a file on disk. Note that the file is not permitted to contain any NUL bytes.
2735
2736 Both the ``value`` and ``path`` options can be repeated multiple times and will be added to
2737 the SMBIOS table in the order in which they appear.
2738
2739 Note that on the x86 architecture, the total size of all SMBIOS tables is limited to 65535
2740 bytes. Thus the OEM strings data is not suitable for passing large amounts of data into the
2741 guest. Instead it should be used as a indicator to inform the guest where to locate the real
2742 data set, for example, by specifying the serial ID of a block device.
2743
2744 An example passing three strings is
2745
2746 .. parsed-literal::
2747
2748 -smbios type=11,value=cloud-init:ds=nocloud-net;s=http://10.10.0.1:8000/,\\
2749 value=anaconda:method=http://dl.fedoraproject.org/pub/fedora/linux/releases/25/x86_64/os,\\
2750 path=/some/file/with/oemstringsdata.txt
2751
2752 In the guest OS this is visible with the ``dmidecode`` command
2753
2754 .. parsed-literal::
2755
2756 $ dmidecode -t 11
2757 Handle 0x0E00, DMI type 11, 5 bytes
2758 OEM Strings
2759 String 1: cloud-init:ds=nocloud-net;s=http://10.10.0.1:8000/
2760 String 2: anaconda:method=http://dl.fedoraproject.org/pub/fedora/linux/releases/25/x86_64/os
2761 String 3: myapp:some extra data
2762
2763
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002764``-smbios type=17[,loc_pfx=str][,bank=str][,manufacturer=str][,serial=str][,asset=str][,part=str][,speed=%d]``
2765 Specify SMBIOS type 17 fields
Vincent Bernat05dfb442021-04-01 19:11:38 +02002766
2767``-smbios type=41[,designation=str][,kind=str][,instance=%d][,pcidev=str]``
2768 Specify SMBIOS type 41 fields
2769
2770 This argument can be repeated multiple times. Its main use is to allow network interfaces be created
2771 as ``enoX`` on Linux, with X being the instance number, instead of the name depending on the interface
2772 position on the PCI bus.
2773
2774 Here is an example of use:
2775
2776 .. parsed-literal::
2777
2778 -netdev user,id=internet \\
2779 -device virtio-net-pci,mac=50:54:00:00:00:42,netdev=internet,id=internet-dev \\
2780 -smbios type=41,designation='Onboard LAN',instance=1,kind=ethernet,pcidev=internet-dev
2781
2782 In the guest OS, the device should then appear as ``eno1``:
2783
2784 ..parsed-literal::
2785
2786 $ ip -brief l
2787 lo UNKNOWN 00:00:00:00:00:00 <LOOPBACK,UP,LOWER_UP>
2788 eno1 UP 50:54:00:00:00:42 <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP>
2789
2790 Currently, the PCI device has to be attached to the root bus.
2791
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002792ERST
aliguorib6f6e3d2009-04-17 18:59:56 +00002793
Markus Armbrusterc70a01e2013-02-13 19:49:40 +01002794DEFHEADING()
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002795
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02002796DEFHEADING(Network options:)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002797
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002798DEF("netdev", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_netdev,
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002799#ifdef CONFIG_SLIRP
Daniel P. Berrangé8b0dc242021-02-16 19:10:21 +00002800 "-netdev user,id=str[,ipv4=on|off][,net=addr[/mask]][,host=addr]\n"
2801 " [,ipv6=on|off][,ipv6-net=addr[/int]][,ipv6-host=addr]\n"
Samuel Thibault0b11c032016-03-20 12:29:54 +01002802 " [,restrict=on|off][,hostname=host][,dhcpstart=addr]\n"
Benjamin Drungf18d1372018-02-27 17:06:01 +01002803 " [,dns=addr][,ipv6-dns=addr][,dnssearch=domain][,domainname=domain]\n"
Fam Zheng0fca92b2018-09-14 15:26:16 +08002804 " [,tftp=dir][,tftp-server-name=name][,bootfile=f][,hostfwd=rule][,guestfwd=rule]"
Jan Kiszkaad196a92009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002805#ifndef _WIN32
Jan Kiszkac92ef6a2009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002806 "[,smb=dir[,smbserver=addr]]\n"
Jan Kiszkaad196a92009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002807#endif
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002808 " configure a user mode network backend with ID 'str',\n"
2809 " its DHCP server and optional services\n"
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002810#endif
2811#ifdef _WIN32
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002812 "-netdev tap,id=str,ifname=name\n"
2813 " configure a host TAP network backend with ID 'str'\n"
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002814#else
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002815 "-netdev tap,id=str[,fd=h][,fds=x:y:...:z][,ifname=name][,script=file][,downscript=dfile]\n"
Alexey Kardashevskiy584613e2016-09-13 17:11:54 +10002816 " [,br=bridge][,helper=helper][,sndbuf=nbytes][,vnet_hdr=on|off][,vhost=on|off]\n"
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002817 " [,vhostfd=h][,vhostfds=x:y:...:z][,vhostforce=on|off][,queues=n]\n"
Jason Wang69e87b32016-07-06 09:57:55 +08002818 " [,poll-us=n]\n"
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002819 " configure a host TAP network backend with ID 'str'\n"
Alexey Kardashevskiy584613e2016-09-13 17:11:54 +10002820 " connected to a bridge (default=" DEFAULT_BRIDGE_INTERFACE ")\n"
Corey Bryanta7c36ee2012-01-26 09:42:27 -05002821 " use network scripts 'file' (default=" DEFAULT_NETWORK_SCRIPT ")\n"
2822 " to configure it and 'dfile' (default=" DEFAULT_NETWORK_DOWN_SCRIPT ")\n"
2823 " to deconfigure it\n"
Bruce Rogersca1a8a02010-01-06 12:33:57 -07002824 " use '[down]script=no' to disable script execution\n"
Corey Bryanta7c36ee2012-01-26 09:42:27 -05002825 " use network helper 'helper' (default=" DEFAULT_BRIDGE_HELPER ") to\n"
2826 " configure it\n"
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002827 " use 'fd=h' to connect to an already opened TAP interface\n"
Jason Wang2ca81ba2013-02-20 18:04:01 +08002828 " use 'fds=x:y:...:z' to connect to already opened multiqueue capable TAP interfaces\n"
Bruce Rogersca1a8a02010-01-06 12:33:57 -07002829 " use 'sndbuf=nbytes' to limit the size of the send buffer (the\n"
Michael S. Tsirkinf157ed22011-02-01 14:25:40 +02002830 " default is disabled 'sndbuf=0' to enable flow control set 'sndbuf=1048576')\n"
Bruce Rogersca1a8a02010-01-06 12:33:57 -07002831 " use vnet_hdr=off to avoid enabling the IFF_VNET_HDR tap flag\n"
2832 " use vnet_hdr=on to make the lack of IFF_VNET_HDR support an error condition\n"
Michael S. Tsirkin82b0d802010-03-17 13:08:24 +02002833 " use vhost=on to enable experimental in kernel accelerator\n"
mst@redhat.com5430a282011-02-01 22:13:42 +02002834 " (only has effect for virtio guests which use MSIX)\n"
2835 " use vhostforce=on to force vhost on for non-MSIX virtio guests\n"
Michael S. Tsirkin82b0d802010-03-17 13:08:24 +02002836 " use 'vhostfd=h' to connect to an already opened vhost net device\n"
Jason Wang2ca81ba2013-02-20 18:04:01 +08002837 " use 'vhostfds=x:y:...:z to connect to multiple already opened vhost net devices\n"
Jason Wangec396012013-02-22 22:57:52 +08002838 " use 'queues=n' to specify the number of queues to be created for multiqueue TAP\n"
Michael Tokarevcba42d62021-03-09 14:15:10 +03002839 " use 'poll-us=n' to specify the maximum number of microseconds that could be\n"
Jason Wang69e87b32016-07-06 09:57:55 +08002840 " spent on busy polling for vhost net\n"
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002841 "-netdev bridge,id=str[,br=bridge][,helper=helper]\n"
2842 " configure a host TAP network backend with ID 'str' that is\n"
2843 " connected to a bridge (default=" DEFAULT_BRIDGE_INTERFACE ")\n"
2844 " using the program 'helper (default=" DEFAULT_BRIDGE_HELPER ")\n"
Mark McLoughlin0df0ff62009-06-18 18:21:34 +01002845#endif
Anton Ivanov3fb69aa2014-06-20 10:34:41 +01002846#ifdef __linux__
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002847 "-netdev l2tpv3,id=str,src=srcaddr,dst=dstaddr[,srcport=srcport][,dstport=dstport]\n"
Daniel P. Berrangé8b0dc242021-02-16 19:10:21 +00002848 " [,rxsession=rxsession],txsession=txsession[,ipv6=on|off][,udp=on|off]\n"
2849 " [,cookie64=on|off][,counter][,pincounter][,txcookie=txcookie]\n"
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002850 " [,rxcookie=rxcookie][,offset=offset]\n"
2851 " configure a network backend with ID 'str' connected to\n"
2852 " an Ethernet over L2TPv3 pseudowire.\n"
Anton Ivanov3fb69aa2014-06-20 10:34:41 +01002853 " Linux kernel 3.3+ as well as most routers can talk\n"
Michael Tokarev2f47b402014-07-24 20:10:17 +04002854 " L2TPv3. This transport allows connecting a VM to a VM,\n"
Anton Ivanov3fb69aa2014-06-20 10:34:41 +01002855 " VM to a router and even VM to Host. It is a nearly-universal\n"
Stefan Hajnoczi21843dc2020-02-29 11:17:27 +00002856 " standard (RFC3931). Note - this implementation uses static\n"
Anton Ivanov3fb69aa2014-06-20 10:34:41 +01002857 " pre-configured tunnels (same as the Linux kernel).\n"
2858 " use 'src=' to specify source address\n"
2859 " use 'dst=' to specify destination address\n"
2860 " use 'udp=on' to specify udp encapsulation\n"
Gonglei39526512014-08-14 14:35:48 +08002861 " use 'srcport=' to specify source udp port\n"
Anton Ivanov3fb69aa2014-06-20 10:34:41 +01002862 " use 'dstport=' to specify destination udp port\n"
2863 " use 'ipv6=on' to force v6\n"
2864 " L2TPv3 uses cookies to prevent misconfiguration as\n"
2865 " well as a weak security measure\n"
2866 " use 'rxcookie=0x012345678' to specify a rxcookie\n"
2867 " use 'txcookie=0x012345678' to specify a txcookie\n"
2868 " use 'cookie64=on' to set cookie size to 64 bit, otherwise 32\n"
2869 " use 'counter=off' to force a 'cut-down' L2TPv3 with no counter\n"
2870 " use 'pincounter=on' to work around broken counter handling in peer\n"
2871 " use 'offset=X' to add an extra offset between header and data\n"
2872#endif
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002873 "-netdev socket,id=str[,fd=h][,listen=[host]:port][,connect=host:port]\n"
2874 " configure a network backend to connect to another network\n"
2875 " using a socket connection\n"
2876 "-netdev socket,id=str[,fd=h][,mcast=maddr:port[,localaddr=addr]]\n"
2877 " configure a network backend to connect to a multicast maddr and port\n"
Mike Ryan3a75e742010-12-01 11:16:47 -08002878 " use 'localaddr=addr' to specify the host address to send packets from\n"
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002879 "-netdev socket,id=str[,fd=h][,udp=host:port][,localaddr=host:port]\n"
2880 " configure a network backend to connect to another network\n"
2881 " using an UDP tunnel\n"
Daniil Tatianinc40e9622024-10-25 10:35:24 +03002882 "-netdev stream,id=str[,server=on|off],addr.type=inet,addr.host=host,addr.port=port[,to=maxport][,numeric=on|off][,keep-alive=on|off][,mptcp=on|off][,addr.ipv4=on|off][,addr.ipv6=on|off][,reconnect-ms=milliseconds]\n"
2883 "-netdev stream,id=str[,server=on|off],addr.type=unix,addr.path=path[,abstract=on|off][,tight=on|off][,reconnect-ms=milliseconds]\n"
2884 "-netdev stream,id=str[,server=on|off],addr.type=fd,addr.str=file-descriptor[,reconnect-ms=milliseconds]\n"
Laurent Vivier5166fe02022-10-21 11:09:11 +02002885 " configure a network backend to connect to another network\n"
2886 " using a socket connection in stream mode.\n"
2887 "-netdev dgram,id=str,remote.type=inet,remote.host=maddr,remote.port=port[,local.type=inet,local.host=addr]\n"
2888 "-netdev dgram,id=str,remote.type=inet,remote.host=maddr,remote.port=port[,local.type=fd,local.str=file-descriptor]\n"
2889 " configure a network backend to connect to a multicast maddr and port\n"
2890 " use ``local.host=addr`` to specify the host address to send packets from\n"
2891 "-netdev dgram,id=str,local.type=inet,local.host=addr,local.port=port[,remote.type=inet,remote.host=addr,remote.port=port]\n"
Laurent Vivier784e7a22022-10-21 11:09:17 +02002892 "-netdev dgram,id=str,local.type=unix,local.path=path[,remote.type=unix,remote.path=path]\n"
Laurent Vivier5166fe02022-10-21 11:09:11 +02002893 "-netdev dgram,id=str,local.type=fd,local.str=file-descriptor\n"
2894 " configure a network backend to connect to another network\n"
2895 " using an UDP tunnel\n"
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002896#ifdef CONFIG_VDE
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002897 "-netdev vde,id=str[,sock=socketpath][,port=n][,group=groupname][,mode=octalmode]\n"
2898 " configure a network backend to connect to port 'n' of a vde switch\n"
2899 " running on host and listening for incoming connections on 'socketpath'.\n"
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002900 " Use group 'groupname' and mode 'octalmode' to change default\n"
2901 " ownership and permissions for communication port.\n"
2902#endif
Vincenzo Maffione58952132013-11-06 11:44:06 +01002903#ifdef CONFIG_NETMAP
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002904 "-netdev netmap,id=str,ifname=name[,devname=nmname]\n"
Vincenzo Maffione58952132013-11-06 11:44:06 +01002905 " attach to the existing netmap-enabled network interface 'name', or to a\n"
2906 " VALE port (created on the fly) called 'name' ('nmname' is name of the \n"
2907 " netmap device, defaults to '/dev/netmap')\n"
2908#endif
Ilya Maximetscb039ef2023-09-13 20:34:37 +02002909#ifdef CONFIG_AF_XDP
2910 "-netdev af-xdp,id=str,ifname=name[,mode=native|skb][,force-copy=on|off]\n"
2911 " [,queues=n][,start-queue=m][,inhibit=on|off][,sock-fds=x:y:...:z]\n"
2912 " attach to the existing network interface 'name' with AF_XDP socket\n"
2913 " use 'mode=MODE' to specify an XDP program attach mode\n"
2914 " use 'force-copy=on|off' to force XDP copy mode even if device supports zero-copy (default: off)\n"
2915 " use 'inhibit=on|off' to inhibit loading of a default XDP program (default: off)\n"
2916 " with inhibit=on,\n"
2917 " use 'sock-fds' to provide file descriptors for already open AF_XDP sockets\n"
2918 " added to a socket map in XDP program. One socket per queue.\n"
2919 " use 'queues=n' to specify how many queues of a multiqueue interface should be used\n"
2920 " use 'start-queue=m' to specify the first queue that should be used\n"
2921#endif
Thomas Huth253dc142018-02-21 11:18:32 +01002922#ifdef CONFIG_POSIX
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002923 "-netdev vhost-user,id=str,chardev=dev[,vhostforce=on|off]\n"
2924 " configure a vhost-user network, backed by a chardev 'dev'\n"
Thomas Huth253dc142018-02-21 11:18:32 +01002925#endif
Cindy Lu108a6482020-07-01 22:55:37 +08002926#ifdef __linux__
Si-Wei Liu8801ccd2022-10-08 00:58:58 -07002927 "-netdev vhost-vdpa,id=str[,vhostdev=/path/to/dev][,vhostfd=h]\n"
Cindy Lu108a6482020-07-01 22:55:37 +08002928 " configure a vhost-vdpa network,Establish a vhost-vdpa netdev\n"
Si-Wei Liu8801ccd2022-10-08 00:58:58 -07002929 " use 'vhostdev=/path/to/dev' to open a vhost vdpa device\n"
2930 " use 'vhostfd=h' to connect to an already opened vhost vdpa device\n"
Cindy Lu108a6482020-07-01 22:55:37 +08002931#endif
Vladislav Yaroshchukb0290db2022-03-17 20:28:38 +03002932#ifdef CONFIG_VMNET
2933 "-netdev vmnet-host,id=str[,isolated=on|off][,net-uuid=uuid]\n"
2934 " [,start-address=addr,end-address=addr,subnet-mask=mask]\n"
2935 " configure a vmnet network backend in host mode with ID 'str',\n"
2936 " isolate this interface from others with 'isolated',\n"
2937 " configure the address range and choose a subnet mask,\n"
2938 " specify network UUID 'uuid' to disable DHCP and interact with\n"
2939 " vmnet-host interfaces within this isolated network\n"
2940 "-netdev vmnet-shared,id=str[,isolated=on|off][,nat66-prefix=addr]\n"
2941 " [,start-address=addr,end-address=addr,subnet-mask=mask]\n"
2942 " configure a vmnet network backend in shared mode with ID 'str',\n"
2943 " configure the address range and choose a subnet mask,\n"
2944 " set IPv6 ULA prefix (of length 64) to use for internal network,\n"
2945 " isolate this interface from others with 'isolated'\n"
2946 "-netdev vmnet-bridged,id=str,ifname=name[,isolated=on|off]\n"
2947 " configure a vmnet network backend in bridged mode with ID 'str',\n"
2948 " use 'ifname=name' to select a physical network interface to be bridged,\n"
2949 " isolate this interface from others with 'isolated'\n"
2950#endif
Thomas Huth18d65d22018-01-15 20:50:55 +01002951 "-netdev hubport,id=str,hubid=n[,netdev=nd]\n"
Thomas Huthaf1a5c32018-04-30 20:02:23 +02002952 " configure a hub port on the hub with ID 'n'\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Thomas Huth78cd6f72018-02-21 11:18:36 +01002953DEF("nic", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_nic,
BALATON Zoltandfaa7d52018-07-16 21:12:08 +02002954 "-nic [tap|bridge|"
Thomas Huth78cd6f72018-02-21 11:18:36 +01002955#ifdef CONFIG_SLIRP
2956 "user|"
2957#endif
2958#ifdef __linux__
2959 "l2tpv3|"
2960#endif
2961#ifdef CONFIG_VDE
2962 "vde|"
2963#endif
2964#ifdef CONFIG_NETMAP
2965 "netmap|"
2966#endif
Ilya Maximetscb039ef2023-09-13 20:34:37 +02002967#ifdef CONFIG_AF_XDP
2968 "af-xdp|"
2969#endif
Thomas Huth78cd6f72018-02-21 11:18:36 +01002970#ifdef CONFIG_POSIX
2971 "vhost-user|"
2972#endif
Vladislav Yaroshchukb0290db2022-03-17 20:28:38 +03002973#ifdef CONFIG_VMNET
2974 "vmnet-host|vmnet-shared|vmnet-bridged|"
2975#endif
Thomas Huth78cd6f72018-02-21 11:18:36 +01002976 "socket][,option][,...][mac=macaddr]\n"
2977 " initialize an on-board / default host NIC (using MAC address\n"
2978 " macaddr) and connect it to the given host network backend\n"
BALATON Zoltandfaa7d52018-07-16 21:12:08 +02002979 "-nic none use it alone to have zero network devices (the default is to\n"
Thomas Huth78cd6f72018-02-21 11:18:36 +01002980 " provided a 'user' network connection)\n",
2981 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002982DEF("net", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_net,
Thomas Huthaf1a5c32018-04-30 20:02:23 +02002983 "-net nic[,macaddr=mac][,model=type][,name=str][,addr=str][,vectors=v]\n"
Thomas Huth0e60a822017-12-19 16:28:55 +01002984 " configure or create an on-board (or machine default) NIC and\n"
Thomas Huthaf1a5c32018-04-30 20:02:23 +02002985 " connect it to hub 0 (please use -nic unless you need a hub)\n"
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002986 "-net ["
Mark McLoughlina1ea4582009-10-08 19:58:26 +01002987#ifdef CONFIG_SLIRP
2988 "user|"
2989#endif
2990 "tap|"
Corey Bryanta7c36ee2012-01-26 09:42:27 -05002991 "bridge|"
Mark McLoughlina1ea4582009-10-08 19:58:26 +01002992#ifdef CONFIG_VDE
2993 "vde|"
2994#endif
Vincenzo Maffione58952132013-11-06 11:44:06 +01002995#ifdef CONFIG_NETMAP
2996 "netmap|"
2997#endif
Ilya Maximetscb039ef2023-09-13 20:34:37 +02002998#ifdef CONFIG_AF_XDP
2999 "af-xdp|"
3000#endif
Vladislav Yaroshchukb0290db2022-03-17 20:28:38 +03003001#ifdef CONFIG_VMNET
3002 "vmnet-host|vmnet-shared|vmnet-bridged|"
3003#endif
Thomas Huthaf1a5c32018-04-30 20:02:23 +02003004 "socket][,option][,option][,...]\n"
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02003005 " old way to initialize a host network interface\n"
3006 " (use the -netdev option if possible instead)\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003007SRST
Ilya Maximetscb039ef2023-09-13 20:34:37 +02003008``-nic [tap|bridge|user|l2tpv3|vde|netmap|af-xdp|vhost-user|socket][,...][,mac=macaddr][,model=mn]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003009 This option is a shortcut for configuring both the on-board
3010 (default) guest NIC hardware and the host network backend in one go.
3011 The host backend options are the same as with the corresponding
3012 ``-netdev`` options below. The guest NIC model can be set with
3013 ``model=modelname``. Use ``model=help`` to list the available device
3014 types. The hardware MAC address can be set with ``mac=macaddr``.
3015
3016 The following two example do exactly the same, to show how ``-nic``
3017 can be used to shorten the command line length:
3018
3019 .. parsed-literal::
3020
3021 |qemu_system| -netdev user,id=n1,ipv6=off -device e1000,netdev=n1,mac=52:54:98:76:54:32
3022 |qemu_system| -nic user,ipv6=off,model=e1000,mac=52:54:98:76:54:32
3023
3024``-nic none``
3025 Indicate that no network devices should be configured. It is used to
3026 override the default configuration (default NIC with "user" host
3027 network backend) which is activated if no other networking options
3028 are provided.
3029
3030``-netdev user,id=id[,option][,option][,...]``
3031 Configure user mode host network backend which requires no
3032 administrator privilege to run. Valid options are:
3033
3034 ``id=id``
3035 Assign symbolic name for use in monitor commands.
3036
3037 ``ipv4=on|off and ipv6=on|off``
3038 Specify that either IPv4 or IPv6 must be enabled. If neither is
3039 specified both protocols are enabled.
3040
3041 ``net=addr[/mask]``
3042 Set IP network address the guest will see. Optionally specify
3043 the netmask, either in the form a.b.c.d or as number of valid
3044 top-most bits. Default is 10.0.2.0/24.
3045
3046 ``host=addr``
3047 Specify the guest-visible address of the host. Default is the
3048 2nd IP in the guest network, i.e. x.x.x.2.
3049
3050 ``ipv6-net=addr[/int]``
3051 Set IPv6 network address the guest will see (default is
3052 fec0::/64). The network prefix is given in the usual hexadecimal
3053 IPv6 address notation. The prefix size is optional, and is given
3054 as the number of valid top-most bits (default is 64).
3055
3056 ``ipv6-host=addr``
3057 Specify the guest-visible IPv6 address of the host. Default is
3058 the 2nd IPv6 in the guest network, i.e. xxxx::2.
3059
3060 ``restrict=on|off``
3061 If this option is enabled, the guest will be isolated, i.e. it
3062 will not be able to contact the host and no guest IP packets
3063 will be routed over the host to the outside. This option does
3064 not affect any explicitly set forwarding rules.
3065
3066 ``hostname=name``
3067 Specifies the client hostname reported by the built-in DHCP
3068 server.
3069
3070 ``dhcpstart=addr``
3071 Specify the first of the 16 IPs the built-in DHCP server can
3072 assign. Default is the 15th to 31st IP in the guest network,
3073 i.e. x.x.x.15 to x.x.x.31.
3074
3075 ``dns=addr``
3076 Specify the guest-visible address of the virtual nameserver. The
3077 address must be different from the host address. Default is the
3078 3rd IP in the guest network, i.e. x.x.x.3.
3079
3080 ``ipv6-dns=addr``
3081 Specify the guest-visible address of the IPv6 virtual
3082 nameserver. The address must be different from the host address.
3083 Default is the 3rd IP in the guest network, i.e. xxxx::3.
3084
3085 ``dnssearch=domain``
3086 Provides an entry for the domain-search list sent by the
3087 built-in DHCP server. More than one domain suffix can be
3088 transmitted by specifying this option multiple times. If
3089 supported, this will cause the guest to automatically try to
3090 append the given domain suffix(es) in case a domain name can not
3091 be resolved.
3092
3093 Example:
3094
3095 .. parsed-literal::
3096
3097 |qemu_system| -nic user,dnssearch=mgmt.example.org,dnssearch=example.org
3098
3099 ``domainname=domain``
3100 Specifies the client domain name reported by the built-in DHCP
3101 server.
3102
3103 ``tftp=dir``
3104 When using the user mode network stack, activate a built-in TFTP
3105 server. The files in dir will be exposed as the root of a TFTP
3106 server. The TFTP client on the guest must be configured in
3107 binary mode (use the command ``bin`` of the Unix TFTP client).
Michael Tokarevb30fa6b2024-02-08 09:00:50 +03003108 The built-in TFTP server is read-only; it does not implement any
3109 command for writing files. QEMU will not write to this directory.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003110
3111 ``tftp-server-name=name``
3112 In BOOTP reply, broadcast name as the "TFTP server name"
3113 (RFC2132 option 66). This can be used to advise the guest to
3114 load boot files or configurations from a different server than
3115 the host address.
3116
3117 ``bootfile=file``
3118 When using the user mode network stack, broadcast file as the
3119 BOOTP filename. In conjunction with ``tftp``, this can be used
3120 to network boot a guest from a local directory.
3121
3122 Example (using pxelinux):
3123
3124 .. parsed-literal::
3125
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02003126 |qemu_system| -hda linux.img -boot n -device e1000,netdev=n1 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003127 -netdev user,id=n1,tftp=/path/to/tftp/files,bootfile=/pxelinux.0
3128
3129 ``smb=dir[,smbserver=addr]``
3130 When using the user mode network stack, activate a built-in SMB
3131 server so that Windows OSes can access to the host files in
3132 ``dir`` transparently. The IP address of the SMB server can be
3133 set to addr. By default the 4th IP in the guest network is used,
3134 i.e. x.x.x.4.
3135
3136 In the guest Windows OS, the line:
3137
3138 ::
3139
3140 10.0.2.4 smbserver
3141
3142 must be added in the file ``C:\WINDOWS\LMHOSTS`` (for windows
3143 9x/Me) or ``C:\WINNT\SYSTEM32\DRIVERS\ETC\LMHOSTS`` (Windows
3144 NT/2000).
3145
3146 Then ``dir`` can be accessed in ``\\smbserver\qemu``.
3147
3148 Note that a SAMBA server must be installed on the host OS.
3149
3150 ``hostfwd=[tcp|udp]:[hostaddr]:hostport-[guestaddr]:guestport``
3151 Redirect incoming TCP or UDP connections to the host port
3152 hostport to the guest IP address guestaddr on guest port
3153 guestport. If guestaddr is not specified, its value is x.x.x.15
3154 (default first address given by the built-in DHCP server). By
3155 specifying hostaddr, the rule can be bound to a specific host
3156 interface. If no connection type is set, TCP is used. This
3157 option can be given multiple times.
3158
3159 For example, to redirect host X11 connection from screen 1 to
3160 guest screen 0, use the following:
3161
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00003162 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003163
3164 # on the host
3165 |qemu_system| -nic user,hostfwd=tcp:127.0.0.1:6001-:6000
3166 # this host xterm should open in the guest X11 server
3167 xterm -display :1
3168
3169 To redirect telnet connections from host port 5555 to telnet
3170 port on the guest, use the following:
3171
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00003172 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003173
3174 # on the host
3175 |qemu_system| -nic user,hostfwd=tcp::5555-:23
3176 telnet localhost 5555
3177
3178 Then when you use on the host ``telnet localhost 5555``, you
3179 connect to the guest telnet server.
3180
3181 ``guestfwd=[tcp]:server:port-dev``; \ ``guestfwd=[tcp]:server:port-cmd:command``
3182 Forward guest TCP connections to the IP address server on port
3183 port to the character device dev or to a program executed by
3184 cmd:command which gets spawned for each connection. This option
3185 can be given multiple times.
3186
3187 You can either use a chardev directly and have that one used
3188 throughout QEMU's lifetime, like in the following example:
3189
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00003190 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003191
3192 # open 10.10.1.1:4321 on bootup, connect 10.0.2.100:1234 to it whenever
3193 # the guest accesses it
3194 |qemu_system| -nic user,guestfwd=tcp:10.0.2.100:1234-tcp:10.10.1.1:4321
3195
3196 Or you can execute a command on every TCP connection established
3197 by the guest, so that QEMU behaves similar to an inetd process
3198 for that virtual server:
3199
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00003200 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003201
3202 # call "netcat 10.10.1.1 4321" on every TCP connection to 10.0.2.100:1234
3203 # and connect the TCP stream to its stdin/stdout
3204 |qemu_system| -nic 'user,id=n1,guestfwd=tcp:10.0.2.100:1234-cmd:netcat 10.10.1.1 4321'
3205
3206``-netdev tap,id=id[,fd=h][,ifname=name][,script=file][,downscript=dfile][,br=bridge][,helper=helper]``
3207 Configure a host TAP network backend with ID id.
3208
3209 Use the network script file to configure it and the network script
3210 dfile to deconfigure it. If name is not provided, the OS
3211 automatically provides one. The default network configure script is
3212 ``/etc/qemu-ifup`` and the default network deconfigure script is
3213 ``/etc/qemu-ifdown``. Use ``script=no`` or ``downscript=no`` to
3214 disable script execution.
3215
3216 If running QEMU as an unprivileged user, use the network helper
Tianjia Zhang8d73ec82020-07-27 12:59:25 +08003217 to configure the TAP interface and attach it to the bridge.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003218 The default network helper executable is
3219 ``/path/to/qemu-bridge-helper`` and the default bridge device is
3220 ``br0``.
3221
3222 ``fd``\ =h can be used to specify the handle of an already opened
3223 host TAP interface.
3224
3225 Examples:
3226
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00003227 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003228
3229 #launch a QEMU instance with the default network script
3230 |qemu_system| linux.img -nic tap
3231
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00003232 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003233
3234 #launch a QEMU instance with two NICs, each one connected
3235 #to a TAP device
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02003236 |qemu_system| linux.img \\
3237 -netdev tap,id=nd0,ifname=tap0 -device e1000,netdev=nd0 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003238 -netdev tap,id=nd1,ifname=tap1 -device rtl8139,netdev=nd1
3239
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00003240 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003241
3242 #launch a QEMU instance with the default network helper to
3243 #connect a TAP device to bridge br0
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02003244 |qemu_system| linux.img -device virtio-net-pci,netdev=n1 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003245 -netdev tap,id=n1,"helper=/path/to/qemu-bridge-helper"
3246
3247``-netdev bridge,id=id[,br=bridge][,helper=helper]``
3248 Connect a host TAP network interface to a host bridge device.
3249
3250 Use the network helper helper to configure the TAP interface and
3251 attach it to the bridge. The default network helper executable is
3252 ``/path/to/qemu-bridge-helper`` and the default bridge device is
3253 ``br0``.
3254
3255 Examples:
3256
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00003257 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003258
3259 #launch a QEMU instance with the default network helper to
3260 #connect a TAP device to bridge br0
3261 |qemu_system| linux.img -netdev bridge,id=n1 -device virtio-net,netdev=n1
3262
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00003263 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003264
3265 #launch a QEMU instance with the default network helper to
3266 #connect a TAP device to bridge qemubr0
3267 |qemu_system| linux.img -netdev bridge,br=qemubr0,id=n1 -device virtio-net,netdev=n1
3268
3269``-netdev socket,id=id[,fd=h][,listen=[host]:port][,connect=host:port]``
3270 This host network backend can be used to connect the guest's network
3271 to another QEMU virtual machine using a TCP socket connection. If
3272 ``listen`` is specified, QEMU waits for incoming connections on port
3273 (host is optional). ``connect`` is used to connect to another QEMU
3274 instance using the ``listen`` option. ``fd``\ =h specifies an
3275 already opened TCP socket.
3276
3277 Example:
3278
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00003279 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003280
3281 # launch a first QEMU instance
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02003282 |qemu_system| linux.img \\
3283 -device e1000,netdev=n1,mac=52:54:00:12:34:56 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003284 -netdev socket,id=n1,listen=:1234
3285 # connect the network of this instance to the network of the first instance
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02003286 |qemu_system| linux.img \\
3287 -device e1000,netdev=n2,mac=52:54:00:12:34:57 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003288 -netdev socket,id=n2,connect=127.0.0.1:1234
3289
3290``-netdev socket,id=id[,fd=h][,mcast=maddr:port[,localaddr=addr]]``
3291 Configure a socket host network backend to share the guest's network
3292 traffic with another QEMU virtual machines using a UDP multicast
3293 socket, effectively making a bus for every QEMU with same multicast
3294 address maddr and port. NOTES:
3295
3296 1. Several QEMU can be running on different hosts and share same bus
3297 (assuming correct multicast setup for these hosts).
3298
3299 2. mcast support is compatible with User Mode Linux (argument
3300 ``ethN=mcast``), see http://user-mode-linux.sf.net.
3301
3302 3. Use ``fd=h`` to specify an already opened UDP multicast socket.
3303
3304 Example:
3305
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00003306 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003307
3308 # launch one QEMU instance
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02003309 |qemu_system| linux.img \\
3310 -device e1000,netdev=n1,mac=52:54:00:12:34:56 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003311 -netdev socket,id=n1,mcast=230.0.0.1:1234
3312 # launch another QEMU instance on same "bus"
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02003313 |qemu_system| linux.img \\
3314 -device e1000,netdev=n2,mac=52:54:00:12:34:57 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003315 -netdev socket,id=n2,mcast=230.0.0.1:1234
3316 # launch yet another QEMU instance on same "bus"
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02003317 |qemu_system| linux.img \\
3318 -device e1000,netdev=n3,mac=52:54:00:12:34:58 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003319 -netdev socket,id=n3,mcast=230.0.0.1:1234
3320
3321 Example (User Mode Linux compat.):
3322
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00003323 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003324
3325 # launch QEMU instance (note mcast address selected is UML's default)
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02003326 |qemu_system| linux.img \\
3327 -device e1000,netdev=n1,mac=52:54:00:12:34:56 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003328 -netdev socket,id=n1,mcast=239.192.168.1:1102
3329 # launch UML
3330 /path/to/linux ubd0=/path/to/root_fs eth0=mcast
3331
3332 Example (send packets from host's 1.2.3.4):
3333
3334 .. parsed-literal::
3335
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02003336 |qemu_system| linux.img \\
3337 -device e1000,netdev=n1,mac=52:54:00:12:34:56 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003338 -netdev socket,id=n1,mcast=239.192.168.1:1102,localaddr=1.2.3.4
3339
Daniil Tatianinc40e9622024-10-25 10:35:24 +03003340``-netdev stream,id=str[,server=on|off],addr.type=inet,addr.host=host,addr.port=port[,to=maxport][,numeric=on|off][,keep-alive=on|off][,mptcp=on|off][,addr.ipv4=on|off][,addr.ipv6=on|off][,reconnect-ms=milliseconds]``
Laurent Vivierbb1326a2024-07-04 14:48:31 +02003341 Configure a network backend to connect to another QEMU virtual machine or a proxy using a TCP/IP socket.
3342
3343 ``server=on|off``
3344 if ``on`` create a server socket
3345
3346 ``addr.host=host,addr.port=port``
3347 socket address to listen on (server=on) or connect to (server=off)
3348
3349 ``to=maxport``
3350 if present, this is range of possible addresses, with port between ``port`` and ``maxport``.
3351
3352 ``numeric=on|off``
3353 if ``on`` ``host`` and ``port`` are guaranteed to be numeric, otherwise a name resolution should be attempted (default: ``off``)
3354
3355 ``keep-alive=on|off``
3356 enable keep-alive when connecting to this socket. Not supported for passive sockets.
3357
3358 ``mptcp=on|off``
3359 enable multipath TCP
3360
3361 ``ipv4=on|off``
3362 whether to accept IPv4 addresses, default to try both IPv4 and IPv6
3363
3364 ``ipv6=on|off``
3365 whether to accept IPv6 addresses, default to try both IPv4 and IPv6
3366
Daniil Tatianin96e610b2024-10-25 10:35:25 +03003367 ``reconnect-ms=milliseconds``
3368 for a client socket, if a socket is disconnected, then attempt a reconnect after the given number of milliseconds.
Laurent Vivierf6a31582024-07-04 14:48:34 +02003369 Setting this to zero disables this function. (default: 0)
3370
Laurent Vivierbb1326a2024-07-04 14:48:31 +02003371 Example (two guests connected using a TCP/IP socket):
3372
3373 .. parsed-literal::
3374
3375 # first VM
3376 |qemu_system| linux.img \\
3377 -device virtio-net,netdev=net0,mac=52:54:00:12:34:56 \\
3378 -netdev stream,id=net0,server=on,addr.type=inet,addr.host=localhost,addr.port=1234
3379 # second VM
3380 |qemu_system| linux.img \\
3381 -device virtio-net,netdev=net0,mac=52:54:00:12:34:57 \\
Daniil Tatianinc40e9622024-10-25 10:35:24 +03003382 -netdev stream,id=net0,server=off,addr.type=inet,addr.host=localhost,addr.port=1234,reconnect-ms=5000
Laurent Vivierbb1326a2024-07-04 14:48:31 +02003383
Daniil Tatianinc40e9622024-10-25 10:35:24 +03003384``-netdev stream,id=str[,server=on|off],addr.type=unix,addr.path=path[,abstract=on|off][,tight=on|off][,reconnect-ms=milliseconds]``
Laurent Vivier178413a2024-07-04 14:48:32 +02003385 Configure a network backend to connect to another QEMU virtual machine or a proxy using a stream oriented unix domain socket.
3386
3387 ``server=on|off``
3388 if ``on`` create a server socket
3389
3390 ``addr.path=path``
3391 filesystem path to use
3392
3393 ``abstract=on|off``
3394 if ``on``, this is a Linux abstract socket address.
3395
3396 ``tight=on|off``
3397 if false, pad an abstract socket address with enough null bytes to make it fill struct sockaddr_un member sun_path.
3398
Daniil Tatianinc40e9622024-10-25 10:35:24 +03003399 ``reconnect-ms=milliseconds``
3400 for a client socket, if a socket is disconnected, then attempt a reconnect after the given number of milliseconds.
Laurent Vivierf6a31582024-07-04 14:48:34 +02003401 Setting this to zero disables this function. (default: 0)
3402
Laurent Vivier178413a2024-07-04 14:48:32 +02003403 Example (using passt as a replacement of -netdev user):
3404
3405 .. parsed-literal::
3406
3407 # start passt server as a non privileged user
3408 passt
3409 UNIX domain socket bound at /tmp/passt_1.socket
3410 # start QEMU to connect to passt
3411 |qemu_system| linux.img \\
3412 -device virtio-net,netdev=net0 \\
3413 -netdev stream,id=net0,server=off,addr.type=unix,addr.path=/tmp/passt_1.socket
3414
3415 Example (two guests connected using a stream oriented unix domain socket):
3416
3417 .. parsed-literal::
3418
3419 # first VM
3420 |qemu_system| linux.img \\
3421 -device virtio-net,netdev=net0,mac=52:54:00:12:34:56 \\
3422 netdev stream,id=net0,server=on,addr.type=unix,addr.path=/tmp/qemu0
3423 # second VM
3424 |qemu_system| linux.img \\
3425 -device virtio-net,netdev=net0,mac=52:54:00:12:34:57 \\
Daniil Tatianinc40e9622024-10-25 10:35:24 +03003426 -netdev stream,id=net0,server=off,addr.type=unix,addr.path=/tmp/qemu0,reconnect-ms=5000
Laurent Vivier178413a2024-07-04 14:48:32 +02003427
Daniil Tatianinc40e9622024-10-25 10:35:24 +03003428``-netdev stream,id=str[,server=on|off],addr.type=fd,addr.str=file-descriptor[,reconnect-ms=milliseconds]``
Laurent Vivierbb1326a2024-07-04 14:48:31 +02003429 Configure a network backend to connect to another QEMU virtual machine or a proxy using a stream oriented socket file descriptor.
3430
3431 ``server=on|off``
3432 if ``on`` create a server socket
3433
3434 ``addr.str=file-descriptor``
3435 file descriptor number to use as a socket
3436
Daniil Tatianin96e610b2024-10-25 10:35:25 +03003437 ``reconnect-ms=milliseconds``
3438 for a client socket, if a socket is disconnected, then attempt a reconnect after the given number of milliseconds.
Laurent Vivierf6a31582024-07-04 14:48:34 +02003439 Setting this to zero disables this function. (default: 0)
3440
Laurent Vivierbb1326a2024-07-04 14:48:31 +02003441``-netdev dgram,id=str,remote.type=inet,remote.host=maddr,remote.port=port[,local.type=inet,local.host=addr]``
3442 Configure a network backend to connect to a multicast address.
3443
3444 ``remote.host=maddr,remote.port=port``
3445 multicast address
3446
3447 ``local.host=addr``
3448 specify the host address to send packets from
3449
3450 Example:
3451
3452 .. parsed-literal::
3453
3454 # launch one QEMU instance
3455 |qemu_system| linux.img \\
3456 -device virtio-net,netdev=net0,mac=52:54:00:12:34:56 \\
3457 -netdev dgram,id=net0,remote.type=inet,remote.host=224.0.0.1,remote.port=1234
3458 # launch another QEMU instance on same "bus"
3459 |qemu_system| linux.img \\
3460 -device virtio-net,netdev=net0,mac=52:54:00:12:34:57 \\
3461 -netdev dgram,id=net0,remote.type=inet,remote.host=224.0.0.1,remote.port=1234
3462 # launch yet another QEMU instance on same "bus"
3463 |qemu_system| linux.img \\
3464 -device virtio-net,netdev=net0,mac=52:54:00:12:34:58 \\
3465 -netdev dgram,id=net0,remote.type=inet,remote.host=224.0.0.1,remote.port=1234
3466
3467``-netdev dgram,id=str,remote.type=inet,remote.host=maddr,remote.port=port[,local.type=fd,local.str=file-descriptor]``
3468 Configure a network backend to connect to a multicast address using a UDP socket file descriptor.
3469
3470 ``remote.host=maddr,remote.port=port``
3471 multicast address
3472
3473 ``local.str=file-descriptor``
3474 File descriptor to use to send packets
3475
3476``-netdev dgram,id=str,local.type=inet,local.host=addr,local.port=port[,remote.type=inet,remote.host=addr,remote.port=port]``
3477 Configure a network backend to connect to another QEMU virtual
3478 machine or a proxy using a datagram oriented unix domain socket.
3479
3480 ``local.host=addr,local.port=port``
3481 IP address to use to send the packets from
3482
3483 ``remote.host=addr,remote.port=port``
3484 Destination IP address
3485
3486 Example (two guests connected using an UDP/IP socket):
3487
3488 .. parsed-literal::
3489
3490 # first VM
3491 |qemu_system| linux.img \\
3492 -device virtio-net,netdev=net0,mac=52:54:00:12:34:56 \\
3493 -netdev dgram,id=net0,local.type=inet,local.host=localhost,local.port=1234,remote.type=inet,remote.host=localhost,remote.port=1235
3494 # second VM
3495 |qemu_system| linux.img \\
3496 -device virtio-net,netdev=net0,mac=52:54:00:12:34:56 \\
3497 -netdev dgram,id=net0,local.type=inet,local.host=localhost,local.port=1235,remote.type=inet,remote.host=localhost,remote.port=1234
3498
Laurent Vivier8e676802024-07-04 14:48:33 +02003499``-netdev dgram,id=str,local.type=unix,local.path=path[,remote.type=unix,remote.path=path]``
3500 Configure a network backend to connect to another QEMU virtual
3501 machine or a proxy using a datagram oriented unix socket.
3502
3503 ``local.path=path``
3504 filesystem path to use to bind the socket
3505
3506 ``remote.path=path``
3507 filesystem path to use as a destination (see sendto(2))
3508
3509 Example (two guests connected using an UDP/UNIX socket):
3510
3511 .. parsed-literal::
3512
3513 # first VM
3514 |qemu_system| linux.img \\
3515 -device virtio-net,netdev=net0,mac=52:54:00:12:34:56 \\
3516 -netdev dgram,id=net0,local.type=unix,local.path=/tmp/qemu0,remote.type=unix,remote.path=/tmp/qemu1
3517 # second VM
3518 |qemu_system| linux.img \\
3519 -device virtio-net,netdev=net0,mac=52:54:00:12:34:57 \\
3520 -netdev dgram,id=net0,local.type=unix,local.path=/tmp/qemu1,remote.type=unix,remote.path=/tmp/qemu0
3521
Laurent Vivierbb1326a2024-07-04 14:48:31 +02003522``-netdev dgram,id=str,local.type=fd,local.str=file-descriptor``
3523 Configure a network backend to connect to another QEMU virtual
3524 machine or a proxy using a datagram oriented socket file descriptor.
3525
3526 ``local.str=file-descriptor``
3527 File descriptor to use to send packets
3528
Zhao Liucb8de742024-07-08 17:26:30 +08003529``-netdev l2tpv3,id=id,src=srcaddr,dst=dstaddr[,srcport=srcport][,dstport=dstport],txsession=txsession[,rxsession=rxsession][,ipv6=on|off][,udp=on|off][,cookie64=on|off][,counter=on|off][,pincounter=on|off][,txcookie=txcookie][,rxcookie=rxcookie][,offset=offset]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003530 Configure a L2TPv3 pseudowire host network backend. L2TPv3 (RFC3931)
3531 is a popular protocol to transport Ethernet (and other Layer 2) data
3532 frames between two systems. It is present in routers, firewalls and
3533 the Linux kernel (from version 3.3 onwards).
3534
3535 This transport allows a VM to communicate to another VM, router or
3536 firewall directly.
3537
3538 ``src=srcaddr``
3539 source address (mandatory)
3540
3541 ``dst=dstaddr``
3542 destination address (mandatory)
3543
Zhao Liucb8de742024-07-08 17:26:30 +08003544 ``udp=on``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003545 select udp encapsulation (default is ip).
3546
3547 ``srcport=srcport``
3548 source udp port.
3549
3550 ``dstport=dstport``
3551 destination udp port.
3552
Zhao Liucb8de742024-07-08 17:26:30 +08003553 ``ipv6=on``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003554 force v6, otherwise defaults to v4.
3555
3556 ``rxcookie=rxcookie``; \ ``txcookie=txcookie``
3557 Cookies are a weak form of security in the l2tpv3 specification.
3558 Their function is mostly to prevent misconfiguration. By default
3559 they are 32 bit.
3560
Zhao Liucb8de742024-07-08 17:26:30 +08003561 ``cookie64=on``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003562 Set cookie size to 64 bit instead of the default 32
3563
3564 ``counter=off``
3565 Force a 'cut-down' L2TPv3 with no counter as in
3566 draft-mkonstan-l2tpext-keyed-ipv6-tunnel-00
3567
3568 ``pincounter=on``
3569 Work around broken counter handling in peer. This may also help
3570 on networks which have packet reorder.
3571
3572 ``offset=offset``
3573 Add an extra offset between header and data
3574
3575 For example, to attach a VM running on host 4.3.2.1 via L2TPv3 to
3576 the bridge br-lan on the remote Linux host 1.2.3.4:
3577
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00003578 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003579
3580 # Setup tunnel on linux host using raw ip as encapsulation
3581 # on 1.2.3.4
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02003582 ip l2tp add tunnel remote 4.3.2.1 local 1.2.3.4 tunnel_id 1 peer_tunnel_id 1 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003583 encap udp udp_sport 16384 udp_dport 16384
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02003584 ip l2tp add session tunnel_id 1 name vmtunnel0 session_id \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003585 0xFFFFFFFF peer_session_id 0xFFFFFFFF
3586 ifconfig vmtunnel0 mtu 1500
3587 ifconfig vmtunnel0 up
3588 brctl addif br-lan vmtunnel0
3589
3590
3591 # on 4.3.2.1
3592 # launch QEMU instance - if your network has reorder or is very lossy add ,pincounter
3593
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02003594 |qemu_system| linux.img -device e1000,netdev=n1 \\
Zhao Liucb8de742024-07-08 17:26:30 +08003595 -netdev l2tpv3,id=n1,src=4.2.3.1,dst=1.2.3.4,udp=on,srcport=16384,dstport=16384,rxsession=0xffffffff,txsession=0xffffffff,counter=on
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003596
3597``-netdev vde,id=id[,sock=socketpath][,port=n][,group=groupname][,mode=octalmode]``
3598 Configure VDE backend to connect to PORT n of a vde switch running
3599 on host and listening for incoming connections on socketpath. Use
3600 GROUP groupname and MODE octalmode to change default ownership and
3601 permissions for communication port. This option is only available if
3602 QEMU has been compiled with vde support enabled.
3603
3604 Example:
3605
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00003606 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003607
3608 # launch vde switch
3609 vde_switch -F -sock /tmp/myswitch
3610 # launch QEMU instance
3611 |qemu_system| linux.img -nic vde,sock=/tmp/myswitch
3612
Ilya Maximetscb039ef2023-09-13 20:34:37 +02003613``-netdev af-xdp,id=str,ifname=name[,mode=native|skb][,force-copy=on|off][,queues=n][,start-queue=m][,inhibit=on|off][,sock-fds=x:y:...:z]``
3614 Configure AF_XDP backend to connect to a network interface 'name'
3615 using AF_XDP socket. A specific program attach mode for a default
3616 XDP program can be forced with 'mode', defaults to best-effort,
3617 where the likely most performant mode will be in use. Number of queues
3618 'n' should generally match the number or queues in the interface,
3619 defaults to 1. Traffic arriving on non-configured device queues will
3620 not be delivered to the network backend.
3621
3622 .. parsed-literal::
3623
3624 # set number of queues to 4
3625 ethtool -L eth0 combined 4
3626 # launch QEMU instance
3627 |qemu_system| linux.img -device virtio-net-pci,netdev=n1 \\
3628 -netdev af-xdp,id=n1,ifname=eth0,queues=4
3629
3630 'start-queue' option can be specified if a particular range of queues
3631 [m, m + n] should be in use. For example, this is may be necessary in
3632 order to use certain NICs in native mode. Kernel allows the driver to
3633 create a separate set of XDP queues on top of regular ones, and only
3634 these queues can be used for AF_XDP sockets. NICs that work this way
3635 may also require an additional traffic redirection with ethtool to these
3636 special queues.
3637
3638 .. parsed-literal::
3639
3640 # set number of queues to 1
3641 ethtool -L eth0 combined 1
3642 # redirect all the traffic to the second queue (id: 1)
3643 # note: drivers may require non-empty key/mask pair.
3644 ethtool -N eth0 flow-type ether \\
3645 dst 00:00:00:00:00:00 m FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FE action 1
3646 ethtool -N eth0 flow-type ether \\
3647 dst 00:00:00:00:00:01 m FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FE action 1
3648 # launch QEMU instance
3649 |qemu_system| linux.img -device virtio-net-pci,netdev=n1 \\
3650 -netdev af-xdp,id=n1,ifname=eth0,queues=1,start-queue=1
3651
3652 XDP program can also be loaded externally. In this case 'inhibit' option
3653 should be set to 'on' and 'sock-fds' provided with file descriptors for
3654 already open but not bound XDP sockets already added to a socket map for
3655 corresponding queues. One socket per queue.
3656
3657 .. parsed-literal::
3658
3659 |qemu_system| linux.img -device virtio-net-pci,netdev=n1 \\
3660 -netdev af-xdp,id=n1,ifname=eth0,queues=3,inhibit=on,sock-fds=15:16:17
3661
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003662``-netdev vhost-user,chardev=id[,vhostforce=on|off][,queues=n]``
3663 Establish a vhost-user netdev, backed by a chardev id. The chardev
3664 should be a unix domain socket backed one. The vhost-user uses a
3665 specifically defined protocol to pass vhost ioctl replacement
3666 messages to an application on the other end of the socket. On
3667 non-MSIX guests, the feature can be forced with vhostforce. Use
3668 'queues=n' to specify the number of queues to be created for
3669 multiqueue vhost-user.
3670
3671 Example:
3672
3673 ::
3674
3675 qemu -m 512 -object memory-backend-file,id=mem,size=512M,mem-path=/hugetlbfs,share=on \
3676 -numa node,memdev=mem \
3677 -chardev socket,id=chr0,path=/path/to/socket \
3678 -netdev type=vhost-user,id=net0,chardev=chr0 \
3679 -device virtio-net-pci,netdev=net0
3680
Si-Wei Liu8801ccd2022-10-08 00:58:58 -07003681``-netdev vhost-vdpa[,vhostdev=/path/to/dev][,vhostfd=h]``
Cindy Lu108a6482020-07-01 22:55:37 +08003682 Establish a vhost-vdpa netdev.
3683
3684 vDPA device is a device that uses a datapath which complies with
3685 the virtio specifications with a vendor specific control path.
3686 vDPA devices can be both physically located on the hardware or
3687 emulated by software.
3688
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003689``-netdev hubport,id=id,hubid=hubid[,netdev=nd]``
3690 Create a hub port on the emulated hub with ID hubid.
3691
3692 The hubport netdev lets you connect a NIC to a QEMU emulated hub
3693 instead of a single netdev. Alternatively, you can also connect the
3694 hubport to another netdev with ID nd by using the ``netdev=nd``
3695 option.
3696
3697``-net nic[,netdev=nd][,macaddr=mac][,model=type] [,name=name][,addr=addr][,vectors=v]``
3698 Legacy option to configure or create an on-board (or machine
3699 default) Network Interface Card(NIC) and connect it either to the
3700 emulated hub with ID 0 (i.e. the default hub), or to the netdev nd.
3701 If model is omitted, then the default NIC model associated with the
3702 machine type is used. Note that the default NIC model may change in
3703 future QEMU releases, so it is highly recommended to always specify
3704 a model. Optionally, the MAC address can be changed to mac, the
3705 device address set to addr (PCI cards only), and a name can be
3706 assigned for use in monitor commands. Optionally, for PCI cards, you
3707 can specify the number v of MSI-X vectors that the card should have;
3708 this option currently only affects virtio cards; set v = 0 to
3709 disable MSI-X. If no ``-net`` option is specified, a single NIC is
3710 created. QEMU can emulate several different models of network card.
3711 Use ``-net nic,model=help`` for a list of available devices for your
3712 target.
3713
3714``-net user|tap|bridge|socket|l2tpv3|vde[,...][,name=name]``
3715 Configure a host network backend (with the options corresponding to
3716 the same ``-netdev`` option) and connect it to the emulated hub 0
3717 (the default hub). Use name to specify the name of the hub port.
3718ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003719
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003720DEFHEADING()
3721
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02003722DEFHEADING(Character device options:)
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003723
3724DEF("chardev", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_chardev,
Lin Ma517b3d42016-08-17 01:13:52 +08003725 "-chardev help\n"
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00003726 "-chardev null,id=id[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Markus Armbrusterba858d12021-09-28 09:14:49 +02003727 "-chardev socket,id=id[,host=host],port=port[,to=to][,ipv4=on|off][,ipv6=on|off][,nodelay=on|off]\n"
Daniil Tatianin96e610b2024-10-25 10:35:25 +03003728 " [,server=on|off][,wait=on|off][,telnet=on|off][,websocket=on|off][,reconnect-ms=milliseconds][,mux=on|off]\n"
Daniel P. Berrangefd4a5fd2019-03-08 15:21:50 +00003729 " [,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off][,tls-creds=ID][,tls-authz=ID] (tcp)\n"
Daniil Tatianin96e610b2024-10-25 10:35:25 +03003730 "-chardev socket,id=id,path=path[,server=on|off][,wait=on|off][,telnet=on|off][,websocket=on|off][,reconnect-ms=milliseconds]\n"
xiaoqiang zhaoe3392732020-05-16 11:13:27 +08003731 " [,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off][,abstract=on|off][,tight=on|off] (unix)\n"
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003732 "-chardev udp,id=id[,host=host],port=port[,localaddr=localaddr]\n"
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003733 " [,localport=localport][,ipv4=on|off][,ipv6=on|off][,mux=on|off]\n"
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00003734 " [,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
3735 "-chardev msmouse,id=id[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003736 "-chardev vc,id=id[[,width=width][,height=height]][[,cols=cols][,rows=rows]]\n"
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00003737 " [,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
3738 "-chardev ringbuf,id=id[,size=size][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Peter Maydell5b18a6b2023-04-13 16:07:24 +01003739 "-chardev file,id=id,path=path[,input-path=input-file][,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00003740 "-chardev pipe,id=id,path=path[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003741#ifdef _WIN32
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00003742 "-chardev console,id=id[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
3743 "-chardev serial,id=id,path=path[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003744#else
Octavian Purdilab74cb872024-08-05 18:07:35 -07003745 "-chardev pty,id=id[,path=path][,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00003746 "-chardev stdio,id=id[,mux=on|off][,signal=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003747#endif
3748#ifdef CONFIG_BRLAPI
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00003749 "-chardev braille,id=id[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003750#endif
3751#if defined(__linux__) || defined(__sun__) || defined(__FreeBSD__) \
3752 || defined(__NetBSD__) || defined(__OpenBSD__) || defined(__DragonFly__)
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00003753 "-chardev serial,id=id,path=path[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003754#endif
3755#if defined(__linux__) || defined(__FreeBSD__) || defined(__DragonFly__)
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00003756 "-chardev parallel,id=id,path=path[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003757#endif
Alon Levycbcc6332011-01-19 10:49:50 +02003758#if defined(CONFIG_SPICE)
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00003759 "-chardev spicevmc,id=id,name=name[,debug=debug][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
3760 "-chardev spiceport,id=id,name=name[,debug=debug][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Alon Levycbcc6332011-01-19 10:49:50 +02003761#endif
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003762 , QEMU_ARCH_ALL
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003763)
3764
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003765SRST
3766The general form of a character device option is:
3767
3768``-chardev backend,id=id[,mux=on|off][,options]``
Roman Penyaevaeb6b812025-01-23 09:53:24 +01003769 Backend is one of: ``null``, ``socket``, ``udp``, ``msmouse``, ``hub``,
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003770 ``vc``, ``ringbuf``, ``file``, ``pipe``, ``console``, ``serial``,
Paolo Bonzini6f9f6302022-12-16 10:56:53 +01003771 ``pty``, ``stdio``, ``braille``, ``parallel``,
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003772 ``spicevmc``, ``spiceport``. The specific backend will determine the
3773 applicable options.
3774
3775 Use ``-chardev help`` to print all available chardev backend types.
3776
3777 All devices must have an id, which can be any string up to 127
3778 characters long. It is used to uniquely identify this device in
3779 other command line directives.
3780
3781 A character device may be used in multiplexing mode by multiple
3782 front-ends. Specify ``mux=on`` to enable this mode. A multiplexer is
3783 a "1:N" device, and here the "1" end is your specified chardev
3784 backend, and the "N" end is the various parts of QEMU that can talk
3785 to a chardev. If you create a chardev with ``id=myid`` and
3786 ``mux=on``, QEMU will create a multiplexer with your specified ID,
3787 and you can then configure multiple front ends to use that chardev
3788 ID for their input/output. Up to four different front ends can be
3789 connected to a single multiplexed chardev. (Without multiplexing
3790 enabled, a chardev can only be used by a single front end.) For
3791 instance you could use this to allow a single stdio chardev to be
3792 used by two serial ports and the QEMU monitor:
3793
3794 ::
3795
3796 -chardev stdio,mux=on,id=char0 \
3797 -mon chardev=char0,mode=readline \
3798 -serial chardev:char0 \
3799 -serial chardev:char0
3800
3801 You can have more than one multiplexer in a system configuration;
3802 for instance you could have a TCP port multiplexed between UART 0
3803 and UART 1, and stdio multiplexed between the QEMU monitor and a
3804 parallel port:
3805
3806 ::
3807
3808 -chardev stdio,mux=on,id=char0 \
3809 -mon chardev=char0,mode=readline \
3810 -parallel chardev:char0 \
3811 -chardev tcp,...,mux=on,id=char1 \
3812 -serial chardev:char1 \
3813 -serial chardev:char1
3814
3815 When you're using a multiplexed character device, some escape
Thomas Huth923e9312020-11-16 15:47:36 +01003816 sequences are interpreted in the input. See the chapter about
3817 :ref:`keys in the character backend multiplexer` in the
3818 System Emulation Users Guide for more details.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003819
3820 Note that some other command line options may implicitly create
3821 multiplexed character backends; for instance ``-serial mon:stdio``
3822 creates a multiplexed stdio backend connected to the serial port and
3823 the QEMU monitor, and ``-nographic`` also multiplexes the console
3824 and the monitor to stdio.
3825
Roman Penyaevaeb6b812025-01-23 09:53:24 +01003826 If you need to aggregate data in the opposite direction (where one
3827 QEMU frontend interface receives input and output from multiple
3828 backend chardev devices), please refer to the paragraph below
3829 regarding chardev ``hub`` aggregator device configuration.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003830
3831 Every backend supports the ``logfile`` option, which supplies the
3832 path to a file to record all data transmitted via the backend. The
3833 ``logappend`` option controls whether the log file will be truncated
3834 or appended to when opened.
3835
3836The available backends are:
3837
3838``-chardev null,id=id``
3839 A void device. This device will not emit any data, and will drop any
3840 data it receives. The null backend does not take any options.
3841
Daniil Tatianin96e610b2024-10-25 10:35:25 +03003842``-chardev socket,id=id[,TCP options or unix options][,server=on|off][,wait=on|off][,telnet=on|off][,websocket=on|off][,reconnect-ms=milliseconds][,tls-creds=id][,tls-authz=id]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003843 Create a two-way stream socket, which can be either a TCP or a unix
3844 socket. A unix socket will be created if ``path`` is specified.
3845 Behaviour is undefined if TCP options are specified for a unix
3846 socket.
3847
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003848 ``server=on|off`` specifies that the socket shall be a listening socket.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003849
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003850 ``wait=on|off`` specifies that QEMU should not block waiting for a client
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003851 to connect to a listening socket.
3852
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003853 ``telnet=on|off`` specifies that traffic on the socket should interpret
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003854 telnet escape sequences.
3855
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003856 ``websocket=on|off`` specifies that the socket uses WebSocket protocol for
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003857 communication.
3858
Daniil Tatianin96e610b2024-10-25 10:35:25 +03003859 ``reconnect-ms`` sets the timeout for reconnecting on non-server
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003860 sockets when the remote end goes away. qemu will delay this many
Daniil Tatianin96e610b2024-10-25 10:35:25 +03003861 milliseconds and then attempt to reconnect. Zero disables reconnecting,
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003862 and is the default.
3863
3864 ``tls-creds`` requests enablement of the TLS protocol for
3865 encryption, and specifies the id of the TLS credentials to use for
3866 the handshake. The credentials must be previously created with the
3867 ``-object tls-creds`` argument.
3868
3869 ``tls-auth`` provides the ID of the QAuthZ authorization object
3870 against which the client's x509 distinguished name will be
3871 validated. This object is only resolved at time of use, so can be
3872 deleted and recreated on the fly while the chardev server is active.
3873 If missing, it will default to denying access.
3874
3875 TCP and unix socket options are given below:
3876
Paolo Bonzinia9b13152021-02-25 11:47:52 +01003877 ``TCP options: port=port[,host=host][,to=to][,ipv4=on|off][,ipv6=on|off][,nodelay=on|off]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003878 ``host`` for a listening socket specifies the local address to
3879 be bound. For a connecting socket species the remote host to
3880 connect to. ``host`` is optional for listening sockets. If not
3881 specified it defaults to ``0.0.0.0``.
3882
3883 ``port`` for a listening socket specifies the local port to be
3884 bound. For a connecting socket specifies the port on the remote
3885 host to connect to. ``port`` can be given as either a port
3886 number or a service name. ``port`` is required.
3887
3888 ``to`` is only relevant to listening sockets. If it is
3889 specified, and ``port`` cannot be bound, QEMU will attempt to
3890 bind to subsequent ports up to and including ``to`` until it
3891 succeeds. ``to`` must be specified as a port number.
3892
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003893 ``ipv4=on|off`` and ``ipv6=on|off`` specify that either IPv4
3894 or IPv6 must be used. If neither is specified the socket may
3895 use either protocol.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003896
Paolo Bonzinia9b13152021-02-25 11:47:52 +01003897 ``nodelay=on|off`` disables the Nagle algorithm.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003898
xiaoqiang zhaoe3392732020-05-16 11:13:27 +08003899 ``unix options: path=path[,abstract=on|off][,tight=on|off]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003900 ``path`` specifies the local path of the unix socket. ``path``
3901 is required.
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003902 ``abstract=on|off`` specifies the use of the abstract socket namespace,
xiaoqiang zhaoe3392732020-05-16 11:13:27 +08003903 rather than the filesystem. Optional, defaults to false.
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003904 ``tight=on|off`` sets the socket length of abstract sockets to their minimum,
xiaoqiang zhaoe3392732020-05-16 11:13:27 +08003905 rather than the full sun_path length. Optional, defaults to true.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003906
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003907``-chardev udp,id=id[,host=host],port=port[,localaddr=localaddr][,localport=localport][,ipv4=on|off][,ipv6=on|off]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003908 Sends all traffic from the guest to a remote host over UDP.
3909
3910 ``host`` specifies the remote host to connect to. If not specified
3911 it defaults to ``localhost``.
3912
3913 ``port`` specifies the port on the remote host to connect to.
3914 ``port`` is required.
3915
3916 ``localaddr`` specifies the local address to bind to. If not
3917 specified it defaults to ``0.0.0.0``.
3918
3919 ``localport`` specifies the local port to bind to. If not specified
3920 any available local port will be used.
3921
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003922 ``ipv4=on|off`` and ``ipv6=on|off`` specify that either IPv4 or IPv6 must be used.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003923 If neither is specified the device may use either protocol.
3924
3925``-chardev msmouse,id=id``
3926 Forward QEMU's emulated msmouse events to the guest. ``msmouse``
3927 does not take any options.
3928
Roman Penyaevaeb6b812025-01-23 09:53:24 +01003929``-chardev hub,id=id,chardevs.0=id[,chardevs.N=id]``
3930 Explicitly create chardev backend hub device with the possibility
3931 to aggregate input from multiple backend devices and forward it to
3932 a single frontend device. Additionally, ``hub`` device takes the
3933 output from the frontend device and sends it back to all the
3934 connected backend devices. This allows for seamless interaction
3935 between different backend devices and a single frontend
3936 interface. Aggregation supported for up to 4 chardev
3937 devices. (Since 10.0)
3938
3939 For example, the following is a use case of 2 backend devices:
3940 virtual console ``vc0`` and a pseudo TTY ``pty0`` connected to
3941 a single virtio hvc console frontend device with a hub ``hub0``
3942 help. Virtual console renders text to an image, which can be
3943 shared over the VNC protocol. In turn, pty backend provides
3944 bidirectional communication to the virtio hvc console over the
3945 pseudo TTY file. The example configuration can be as follows:
3946
3947 ::
3948
3949 -chardev pty,path=/tmp/pty,id=pty0 \
3950 -chardev vc,id=vc0 \
3951 -chardev hub,id=hub0,chardevs.0=pty0,chardevs.1=vc0 \
3952 -device virtconsole,chardev=hub0 \
3953 -vnc 0.0.0.0:0
3954
3955 Once QEMU starts VNC client and any TTY emulator can be used to
3956 control a single hvc console:
3957
3958 ::
3959
3960 # Start TTY emulator
3961 tio /tmp/pty
3962
3963 # Start VNC client and switch to virtual console Ctrl-Alt-2
3964 vncviewer :0
3965
3966 Several frontend devices is not supported. Stacking of multiplexers
3967 and hub devices is not supported as well.
3968
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003969``-chardev vc,id=id[[,width=width][,height=height]][[,cols=cols][,rows=rows]]``
3970 Connect to a QEMU text console. ``vc`` may optionally be given a
3971 specific size.
3972
3973 ``width`` and ``height`` specify the width and height respectively
3974 of the console, in pixels.
3975
3976 ``cols`` and ``rows`` specify that the console be sized to fit a
3977 text console with the given dimensions.
3978
3979``-chardev ringbuf,id=id[,size=size]``
3980 Create a ring buffer with fixed size ``size``. size must be a power
3981 of two and defaults to ``64K``.
3982
Peter Maydell5b18a6b2023-04-13 16:07:24 +01003983``-chardev file,id=id,path=path[,input-path=input-path]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003984 Log all traffic received from the guest to a file.
3985
3986 ``path`` specifies the path of the file to be opened. This file will
3987 be created if it does not already exist, and overwritten if it does.
3988 ``path`` is required.
3989
Peter Maydell5b18a6b2023-04-13 16:07:24 +01003990 If ``input-path`` is specified, this is the path of a second file
3991 which will be used for input. If ``input-path`` is not specified,
3992 no input will be available from the chardev.
3993
3994 Note that ``input-path`` is not supported on Windows hosts.
3995
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003996``-chardev pipe,id=id,path=path``
3997 Create a two-way connection to the guest. The behaviour differs
3998 slightly between Windows hosts and other hosts:
3999
4000 On Windows, a single duplex pipe will be created at
4001 ``\\.pipe\path``.
4002
4003 On other hosts, 2 pipes will be created called ``path.in`` and
4004 ``path.out``. Data written to ``path.in`` will be received by the
4005 guest. Data written by the guest can be read from ``path.out``. QEMU
4006 will not create these fifos, and requires them to be present.
4007
4008 ``path`` forms part of the pipe path as described above. ``path`` is
4009 required.
4010
4011``-chardev console,id=id``
4012 Send traffic from the guest to QEMU's standard output. ``console``
4013 does not take any options.
4014
4015 ``console`` is only available on Windows hosts.
4016
4017``-chardev serial,id=id,path=path``
4018 Send traffic from the guest to a serial device on the host.
4019
4020 On Unix hosts serial will actually accept any tty device, not only
4021 serial lines.
4022
4023 ``path`` specifies the name of the serial device to open.
4024
Octavian Purdilab74cb872024-08-05 18:07:35 -07004025``-chardev pty,id=id[,path=path]``
4026 Create a new pseudo-terminal on the host and connect to it.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004027
4028 ``pty`` is not available on Windows hosts.
4029
Octavian Purdilab74cb872024-08-05 18:07:35 -07004030 If ``path`` is specified, QEMU will create a symbolic link at
4031 that location which points to the new PTY device.
4032
4033 This avoids having to make QMP or HMP monitor queries to find out
4034 what the new PTY device path is.
4035
4036 Note that while QEMU will remove the symlink when it exits
4037 gracefully, it will not do so in case of crashes or on certain
4038 startup errors. It is recommended that the user checks and removes
4039 the symlink after QEMU terminates to account for this.
4040
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004041``-chardev stdio,id=id[,signal=on|off]``
4042 Connect to standard input and standard output of the QEMU process.
4043
4044 ``signal`` controls if signals are enabled on the terminal, that
4045 includes exiting QEMU with the key sequence Control-c. This option
4046 is enabled by default, use ``signal=off`` to disable it.
4047
4048``-chardev braille,id=id``
4049 Connect to a local BrlAPI server. ``braille`` does not take any
4050 options.
4051
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00004052``-chardev parallel,id=id,path=path``
4053 \
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004054 ``parallel`` is only available on Linux, FreeBSD and DragonFlyBSD
4055 hosts.
4056
4057 Connect to a local parallel port.
4058
4059 ``path`` specifies the path to the parallel port device. ``path`` is
4060 required.
4061
4062``-chardev spicevmc,id=id,debug=debug,name=name``
4063 ``spicevmc`` is only available when spice support is built in.
4064
4065 ``debug`` debug level for spicevmc
4066
4067 ``name`` name of spice channel to connect to
4068
4069 Connect to a spice virtual machine channel, such as vdiport.
4070
4071``-chardev spiceport,id=id,debug=debug,name=name``
4072 ``spiceport`` is only available when spice support is built in.
4073
4074 ``debug`` debug level for spicevmc
4075
4076 ``name`` name of spice port to connect to
4077
4078 Connect to a spice port, allowing a Spice client to handle the
4079 traffic identified by a name (preferably a fqdn).
4080ERST
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00004081
4082DEFHEADING()
4083
Stefan Bergerd1a0cf72013-02-27 12:47:49 -05004084#ifdef CONFIG_TPM
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02004085DEFHEADING(TPM device options:)
Stefan Bergerd1a0cf72013-02-27 12:47:49 -05004086
4087DEF("tpmdev", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_tpmdev, \
Stefan Berger92dcc232013-02-27 12:47:54 -05004088 "-tpmdev passthrough,id=id[,path=path][,cancel-path=path]\n"
4089 " use path to provide path to a character device; default is /dev/tpm0\n"
4090 " use cancel-path to provide path to TPM's cancel sysfs entry; if\n"
Amarnath Vallurif4ede812017-09-29 14:10:20 +03004091 " not provided it will be searched for in /sys/class/misc/tpm?/device\n"
4092 "-tpmdev emulator,id=id,chardev=dev\n"
4093 " configure the TPM device using chardev backend\n",
Stefan Bergerd1a0cf72013-02-27 12:47:49 -05004094 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004095SRST
4096The general form of a TPM device option is:
4097
4098``-tpmdev backend,id=id[,options]``
4099 The specific backend type will determine the applicable options. The
4100 ``-tpmdev`` option creates the TPM backend and requires a
4101 ``-device`` option that specifies the TPM frontend interface model.
4102
4103 Use ``-tpmdev help`` to print all available TPM backend types.
4104
4105The available backends are:
4106
4107``-tpmdev passthrough,id=id,path=path,cancel-path=cancel-path``
4108 (Linux-host only) Enable access to the host's TPM using the
4109 passthrough driver.
4110
4111 ``path`` specifies the path to the host's TPM device, i.e., on a
4112 Linux host this would be ``/dev/tpm0``. ``path`` is optional and by
4113 default ``/dev/tpm0`` is used.
4114
4115 ``cancel-path`` specifies the path to the host TPM device's sysfs
4116 entry allowing for cancellation of an ongoing TPM command.
4117 ``cancel-path`` is optional and by default QEMU will search for the
4118 sysfs entry to use.
4119
4120 Some notes about using the host's TPM with the passthrough driver:
4121
4122 The TPM device accessed by the passthrough driver must not be used
4123 by any other application on the host.
4124
4125 Since the host's firmware (BIOS/UEFI) has already initialized the
4126 TPM, the VM's firmware (BIOS/UEFI) will not be able to initialize
4127 the TPM again and may therefore not show a TPM-specific menu that
4128 would otherwise allow the user to configure the TPM, e.g., allow the
4129 user to enable/disable or activate/deactivate the TPM. Further, if
4130 TPM ownership is released from within a VM then the host's TPM will
4131 get disabled and deactivated. To enable and activate the TPM again
4132 afterwards, the host has to be rebooted and the user is required to
4133 enter the firmware's menu to enable and activate the TPM. If the TPM
4134 is left disabled and/or deactivated most TPM commands will fail.
4135
4136 To create a passthrough TPM use the following two options:
4137
4138 ::
4139
4140 -tpmdev passthrough,id=tpm0 -device tpm-tis,tpmdev=tpm0
4141
4142 Note that the ``-tpmdev`` id is ``tpm0`` and is referenced by
4143 ``tpmdev=tpm0`` in the device option.
4144
4145``-tpmdev emulator,id=id,chardev=dev``
4146 (Linux-host only) Enable access to a TPM emulator using Unix domain
4147 socket based chardev backend.
4148
4149 ``chardev`` specifies the unique ID of a character device backend
4150 that provides connection to the software TPM server.
4151
4152 To create a TPM emulator backend device with chardev socket backend:
4153
4154 ::
4155
4156 -chardev socket,id=chrtpm,path=/tmp/swtpm-sock -tpmdev emulator,id=tpm0,chardev=chrtpm -device tpm-tis,tpmdev=tpm0
4157ERST
Stefan Bergerd1a0cf72013-02-27 12:47:49 -05004158
4159DEFHEADING()
4160
4161#endif
4162
Alex Bennée1235cf72022-07-25 15:05:20 +01004163DEFHEADING(Boot Image or Kernel specific:)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004164SRST
Alex Bennée1235cf72022-07-25 15:05:20 +01004165There are broadly 4 ways you can boot a system with QEMU.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004166
Alex Bennée1235cf72022-07-25 15:05:20 +01004167 - specify a firmware and let it control finding a kernel
4168 - specify a firmware and pass a hint to the kernel to boot
4169 - direct kernel image boot
4170 - manually load files into the guest's address space
4171
4172The third method is useful for quickly testing kernels but as there is
4173no firmware to pass configuration information to the kernel the
4174hardware must either be probeable, the kernel built for the exact
4175configuration or passed some configuration data (e.g. a DTB blob)
4176which tells the kernel what drivers it needs. This exact details are
4177often hardware specific.
4178
4179The final method is the most generic way of loading images into the
4180guest address space and used mostly for ``bare metal`` type
4181development where the reset vectors of the processor are taken into
4182account.
4183
4184ERST
4185
4186SRST
4187
4188For x86 machines and some other architectures ``-bios`` will generally
4189do the right thing with whatever it is given. For other machines the
4190more strict ``-pflash`` option needs an image that is sized for the
4191flash device for the given machine type.
4192
4193Please see the :ref:`system-targets-ref` section of the manual for
4194more detailed documentation.
4195
4196ERST
4197
4198DEF("bios", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_bios, \
4199 "-bios file set the filename for the BIOS\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
4200SRST
4201``-bios file``
4202 Set the filename for the BIOS.
4203ERST
4204
4205DEF("pflash", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_pflash,
4206 "-pflash file use 'file' as a parallel flash image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
4207SRST
4208``-pflash file``
4209 Use file as a parallel flash image.
4210ERST
4211
4212SRST
4213
4214The kernel options were designed to work with Linux kernels although
4215other things (like hypervisors) can be packaged up as a kernel
4216executable image. The exact format of a executable image is usually
4217architecture specific.
4218
4219The way in which the kernel is started (what address it is loaded at,
4220what if any information is passed to it via CPU registers, the state
4221of the hardware when it is started, and so on) is also architecture
4222specific. Typically it follows the specification laid down by the
4223Linux kernel for how kernels for that architecture must be started.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004224
4225ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004226
4227DEF("kernel", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_kernel, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004228 "-kernel bzImage use 'bzImage' as kernel image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004229SRST
4230``-kernel bzImage``
4231 Use bzImage as kernel image. The kernel can be either a Linux kernel
4232 or in multiboot format.
4233ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004234
Gerd Hoffmanna5bd0442024-09-05 16:12:10 +02004235DEF("shim", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_shim, \
4236 "-shim shim.efi use 'shim.efi' to boot the kernel\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
4237SRST
4238``-shim shim.efi``
4239 Use 'shim.efi' to boot the kernel
4240ERST
4241
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004242DEF("append", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_append, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004243 "-append cmdline use 'cmdline' as kernel command line\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004244SRST
4245``-append cmdline``
4246 Use cmdline as kernel command line
4247ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004248
4249DEF("initrd", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_initrd, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004250 "-initrd file use 'file' as initial ram disk\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
David Woodhouse1eeb4322024-01-30 19:01:43 +00004251SRST(initrd)
David Woodhousecc9d10b2023-10-19 15:30:23 +01004252
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004253``-initrd file``
4254 Use file as initial ram disk.
4255
4256``-initrd "file1 arg=foo,file2"``
4257 This syntax is only available with multiboot.
4258
David Woodhousecc9d10b2023-10-19 15:30:23 +01004259 Use file1 and file2 as modules and pass ``arg=foo`` as parameter to the
4260 first module. Commas can be provided in module parameters by doubling
4261 them on the command line to escape them:
4262
4263``-initrd "bzImage earlyprintk=xen,,keep root=/dev/xvda1,initrd.img"``
4264 Multiboot only. Use bzImage as the first module with
4265 "``earlyprintk=xen,keep root=/dev/xvda1``" as its command line,
4266 and initrd.img as the second module.
4267
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004268ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004269
Grant Likely412beee2012-03-02 11:56:38 +00004270DEF("dtb", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_dtb, \
Peter A. G. Crosthwaite379b5c72012-03-04 21:03:54 +10004271 "-dtb file use 'file' as device tree image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004272SRST
4273``-dtb file``
4274 Use file as a device tree binary (dtb) image and pass it to the
4275 kernel on boot.
4276ERST
Grant Likely412beee2012-03-02 11:56:38 +00004277
Alex Bennée1235cf72022-07-25 15:05:20 +01004278SRST
4279
4280Finally you can also manually load images directly into the address
4281space of the guest. This is most useful for developers who already
4282know the layout of their guest and take care to ensure something sane
4283will happen when the reset vector executes.
4284
4285The generic loader can be invoked by using the loader device:
4286
4287``-device loader,addr=<addr>,data=<data>,data-len=<data-len>[,data-be=<data-be>][,cpu-num=<cpu-num>]``
4288
4289there is also the guest loader which operates in a similar way but
4290tweaks the DTB so a hypervisor loaded via ``-kernel`` can find where
4291the guest image is:
4292
4293``-device guest-loader,addr=<addr>[,kernel=<path>,[bootargs=<arguments>]][,initrd=<path>]``
4294
4295ERST
4296
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004297DEFHEADING()
4298
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02004299DEFHEADING(Debug/Expert options:)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004300
Markus Armbruster6dd75472021-03-18 16:55:10 +01004301DEF("compat", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_compat,
Markus Armbrusterdbb675c2021-03-18 16:55:19 +01004302 "-compat [deprecated-input=accept|reject|crash][,deprecated-output=accept|hide]\n"
Markus Armbruster57df0df2021-10-28 12:25:20 +02004303 " Policy for handling deprecated management interfaces\n"
4304 "-compat [unstable-input=accept|reject|crash][,unstable-output=accept|hide]\n"
4305 " Policy for handling unstable management interfaces\n",
Markus Armbruster6dd75472021-03-18 16:55:10 +01004306 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
4307SRST
4308``-compat [deprecated-input=@var{input-policy}][,deprecated-output=@var{output-policy}]``
4309 Set policy for handling deprecated management interfaces (experimental):
4310
4311 ``deprecated-input=accept`` (default)
4312 Accept deprecated commands and arguments
4313 ``deprecated-input=reject``
4314 Reject deprecated commands and arguments
Markus Armbrusterdbb675c2021-03-18 16:55:19 +01004315 ``deprecated-input=crash``
4316 Crash on deprecated commands and arguments
Markus Armbruster6dd75472021-03-18 16:55:10 +01004317 ``deprecated-output=accept`` (default)
4318 Emit deprecated command results and events
4319 ``deprecated-output=hide``
4320 Suppress deprecated command results and events
4321
4322 Limitation: covers only syntactic aspects of QMP.
Markus Armbruster57df0df2021-10-28 12:25:20 +02004323
4324``-compat [unstable-input=@var{input-policy}][,unstable-output=@var{output-policy}]``
4325 Set policy for handling unstable management interfaces (experimental):
4326
4327 ``unstable-input=accept`` (default)
4328 Accept unstable commands and arguments
4329 ``unstable-input=reject``
4330 Reject unstable commands and arguments
4331 ``unstable-input=crash``
4332 Crash on unstable commands and arguments
4333 ``unstable-output=accept`` (default)
4334 Emit unstable command results and events
4335 ``unstable-output=hide``
4336 Suppress unstable command results and events
4337
4338 Limitation: covers only syntactic aspects of QMP.
Markus Armbruster6dd75472021-03-18 16:55:10 +01004339ERST
4340
Gabriel L. Somlo81b2b812015-04-29 11:21:53 -04004341DEF("fw_cfg", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_fwcfg,
4342 "-fw_cfg [name=]<name>,file=<file>\n"
Markus Armbruster63d31452016-04-18 18:29:50 +02004343 " add named fw_cfg entry with contents from file\n"
Gabriel L. Somlo6407d762015-09-29 12:29:01 -04004344 "-fw_cfg [name=]<name>,string=<str>\n"
Markus Armbruster63d31452016-04-18 18:29:50 +02004345 " add named fw_cfg entry with contents from string\n",
Gabriel L. Somlo81b2b812015-04-29 11:21:53 -04004346 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004347SRST
4348``-fw_cfg [name=]name,file=file``
4349 Add named fw\_cfg entry with contents from file file.
Yihuan Panfd49b212023-12-13 22:17:07 +08004350 If the filename contains comma, you must double it (for instance,
4351 "file=my,,file" to use file "my,file").
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004352
4353``-fw_cfg [name=]name,string=str``
4354 Add named fw\_cfg entry with contents from string str.
Yihuan Panfd49b212023-12-13 22:17:07 +08004355 If the string contains comma, you must double it (for instance,
4356 "string=my,,string" to use file "my,string").
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004357
4358 The terminating NUL character of the contents of str will not be
4359 included as part of the fw\_cfg item data. To insert contents with
4360 embedded NUL characters, you have to use the file parameter.
4361
4362 The fw\_cfg entries are passed by QEMU through to the guest.
4363
4364 Example:
4365
4366 ::
4367
4368 -fw_cfg name=opt/com.mycompany/blob,file=./my_blob.bin
4369
4370 creates an fw\_cfg entry named opt/com.mycompany/blob with contents
4371 from ./my\_blob.bin.
4372ERST
Gabriel L. Somlo81b2b812015-04-29 11:21:53 -04004373
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004374DEF("serial", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_serial, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004375 "-serial dev redirect the serial port to char device 'dev'\n",
4376 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004377SRST
4378``-serial dev``
4379 Redirect the virtual serial port to host character device dev. The
4380 default device is ``vc`` in graphical mode and ``stdio`` in non
4381 graphical mode.
4382
Steven Shen75583002024-03-05 09:30:16 +08004383 This option can be used several times to simulate multiple serial
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004384 ports.
4385
Peter Maydell747bfaf2024-01-22 16:36:07 +00004386 You can use ``-serial none`` to suppress the creation of default
4387 serial devices.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004388
4389 Available character devices are:
4390
4391 ``vc[:WxH]``
4392 Virtual console. Optionally, a width and height can be given in
4393 pixel with
4394
4395 ::
4396
4397 vc:800x600
4398
4399 It is also possible to specify width or height in characters:
4400
4401 ::
4402
4403 vc:80Cx24C
4404
Octavian Purdilab74cb872024-08-05 18:07:35 -07004405 ``pty[:path]``
4406 [Linux only] Pseudo TTY (a new PTY is automatically allocated).
4407
4408 If ``path`` is specified, QEMU will create a symbolic link at
4409 that location which points to the new PTY device.
4410
4411 This avoids having to make QMP or HMP monitor queries to find
4412 out what the new PTY device path is.
4413
4414 Note that while QEMU will remove the symlink when it exits
4415 gracefully, it will not do so in case of crashes or on certain
4416 startup errors. It is recommended that the user checks and
4417 removes the symlink after QEMU terminates to account for this.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004418
4419 ``none``
Peter Maydell747bfaf2024-01-22 16:36:07 +00004420 No device is allocated. Note that for machine types which
4421 emulate systems where a serial device is always present in
4422 real hardware, this may be equivalent to the ``null`` option,
4423 in that the serial device is still present but all output
4424 is discarded. For boards where the number of serial ports is
4425 truly variable, this suppresses the creation of the device.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004426
4427 ``null``
Peter Maydell747bfaf2024-01-22 16:36:07 +00004428 A guest will see the UART or serial device as present in the
4429 machine, but all output is discarded, and there is no input.
4430 Conceptually equivalent to redirecting the output to ``/dev/null``.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004431
4432 ``chardev:id``
4433 Use a named character device defined with the ``-chardev``
4434 option.
4435
4436 ``/dev/XXX``
4437 [Linux only] Use host tty, e.g. ``/dev/ttyS0``. The host serial
4438 port parameters are set according to the emulated ones.
4439
4440 ``/dev/parportN``
4441 [Linux only, parallel port only] Use host parallel port N.
4442 Currently SPP and EPP parallel port features can be used.
4443
4444 ``file:filename``
4445 Write output to filename. No character can be read.
4446
4447 ``stdio``
4448 [Unix only] standard input/output
4449
4450 ``pipe:filename``
4451 name pipe filename
4452
4453 ``COMn``
4454 [Windows only] Use host serial port n
4455
4456 ``udp:[remote_host]:remote_port[@[src_ip]:src_port]``
4457 This implements UDP Net Console. When remote\_host or src\_ip
4458 are not specified they default to ``0.0.0.0``. When not using a
4459 specified src\_port a random port is automatically chosen.
4460
4461 If you just want a simple readonly console you can use
4462 ``netcat`` or ``nc``, by starting QEMU with:
4463 ``-serial udp::4555`` and nc as: ``nc -u -l -p 4555``. Any time
4464 QEMU writes something to that port it will appear in the
4465 netconsole session.
4466
4467 If you plan to send characters back via netconsole or you want
4468 to stop and start QEMU a lot of times, you should have QEMU use
4469 the same source port each time by using something like ``-serial
4470 udp::4555@:4556`` to QEMU. Another approach is to use a patched
4471 version of netcat which can listen to a TCP port and send and
4472 receive characters via udp. If you have a patched version of
4473 netcat which activates telnet remote echo and single char
4474 transfer, then you can use the following options to set up a
4475 netcat redirector to allow telnet on port 5555 to access the
4476 QEMU port.
4477
4478 ``QEMU Options:``
4479 -serial udp::4555@:4556
4480
4481 ``netcat options:``
4482 -u -P 4555 -L 0.0.0.0:4556 -t -p 5555 -I -T
4483
4484 ``telnet options:``
4485 localhost 5555
4486
Daniil Tatianinc40e9622024-10-25 10:35:24 +03004487 ``tcp:[host]:port[,server=on|off][,wait=on|off][,nodelay=on|off][,reconnect-ms=milliseconds]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004488 The TCP Net Console has two modes of operation. It can send the
4489 serial I/O to a location or wait for a connection from a
4490 location. By default the TCP Net Console is sent to host at the
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00004491 port. If you use the ``server=on`` option QEMU will wait for a client
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004492 socket application to connect to the port before continuing,
Paolo Bonzinia9b13152021-02-25 11:47:52 +01004493 unless the ``wait=on|off`` option was specified. The ``nodelay=on|off``
Daniil Tatianinc40e9622024-10-25 10:35:24 +03004494 option disables the Nagle buffering algorithm. The ``reconnect-ms``
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00004495 option only applies if ``server=no`` is set, if the connection goes
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004496 down it will attempt to reconnect at the given interval. If host
4497 is omitted, 0.0.0.0 is assumed. Only one TCP connection at a
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00004498 time is accepted. You can use ``telnet=on`` to connect to the
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004499 corresponding character device.
4500
4501 ``Example to send tcp console to 192.168.0.2 port 4444``
4502 -serial tcp:192.168.0.2:4444
4503
4504 ``Example to listen and wait on port 4444 for connection``
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00004505 -serial tcp::4444,server=on
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004506
4507 ``Example to not wait and listen on ip 192.168.0.100 port 4444``
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00004508 -serial tcp:192.168.0.100:4444,server=on,wait=off
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004509
Paolo Bonzinia9b13152021-02-25 11:47:52 +01004510 ``telnet:host:port[,server=on|off][,wait=on|off][,nodelay=on|off]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004511 The telnet protocol is used instead of raw tcp sockets. The
4512 options work the same as if you had specified ``-serial tcp``.
4513 The difference is that the port acts like a telnet server or
4514 client using telnet option negotiation. This will also allow you
4515 to send the MAGIC\_SYSRQ sequence if you use a telnet that
4516 supports sending the break sequence. Typically in unix telnet
4517 you do it with Control-] and then type "send break" followed by
4518 pressing the enter key.
4519
Paolo Bonzinia9b13152021-02-25 11:47:52 +01004520 ``websocket:host:port,server=on[,wait=on|off][,nodelay=on|off]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004521 The WebSocket protocol is used instead of raw tcp socket. The
4522 port acts as a WebSocket server. Client mode is not supported.
4523
Daniil Tatianin96e610b2024-10-25 10:35:25 +03004524 ``unix:path[,server=on|off][,wait=on|off][,reconnect-ms=milliseconds]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004525 A unix domain socket is used instead of a tcp socket. The option
4526 works the same as if you had specified ``-serial tcp`` except
4527 the unix domain socket path is used for connections.
4528
4529 ``mon:dev_string``
4530 This is a special option to allow the monitor to be multiplexed
4531 onto another serial port. The monitor is accessed with key
4532 sequence of Control-a and then pressing c. dev\_string should be
4533 any one of the serial devices specified above. An example to
4534 multiplex the monitor onto a telnet server listening on port
4535 4444 would be:
4536
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00004537 ``-serial mon:telnet::4444,server=on,wait=off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004538
4539 When the monitor is multiplexed to stdio in this way, Ctrl+C
4540 will not terminate QEMU any more but will be passed to the guest
4541 instead.
4542
4543 ``braille``
4544 Braille device. This will use BrlAPI to display the braille
4545 output on a real or fake device.
4546
4547 ``msmouse``
4548 Three button serial mouse. Configure the guest to use Microsoft
4549 protocol.
4550ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004551
4552DEF("parallel", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_parallel, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004553 "-parallel dev redirect the parallel port to char device 'dev'\n",
4554 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004555SRST
4556``-parallel dev``
4557 Redirect the virtual parallel port to host device dev (same devices
4558 as the serial port). On Linux hosts, ``/dev/parportN`` can be used
4559 to use hardware devices connected on the corresponding host parallel
4560 port.
4561
4562 This option can be used several times to simulate up to 3 parallel
4563 ports.
4564
4565 Use ``-parallel none`` to disable all parallel ports.
4566ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004567
4568DEF("monitor", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_monitor, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004569 "-monitor dev redirect the monitor to char device 'dev'\n",
4570 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004571SRST
4572``-monitor dev``
4573 Redirect the monitor to host device dev (same devices as the serial
4574 port). The default device is ``vc`` in graphical mode and ``stdio``
4575 in non graphical mode. Use ``-monitor none`` to disable the default
4576 monitor.
4577ERST
Gerd Hoffmann6ca55822009-12-08 13:11:52 +01004578DEF("qmp", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_qmp, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004579 "-qmp dev like -monitor but opens in 'control' mode\n",
4580 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004581SRST
4582``-qmp dev``
Peter Maydell0ec44682023-05-15 17:22:45 +01004583 Like ``-monitor`` but opens in 'control' mode. For example, to make
4584 QMP available on localhost port 4444::
4585
4586 -qmp tcp:localhost:4444,server=on,wait=off
4587
4588 Not all options are configurable via this syntax; for maximum
4589 flexibility use the ``-mon`` option and an accompanying ``-chardev``.
4590
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004591ERST
Max Reitz4821cd42014-11-17 13:31:04 +01004592DEF("qmp-pretty", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_qmp_pretty, \
4593 "-qmp-pretty dev like -qmp but uses pretty JSON formatting\n",
4594 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004595SRST
4596``-qmp-pretty dev``
Peter Maydell0ec44682023-05-15 17:22:45 +01004597 Like ``-qmp`` but uses pretty JSON formatting.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004598ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004599
Gerd Hoffmann22a0e042009-12-08 13:11:51 +01004600DEF("mon", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_mon, \
Vicente Jimenez Aguilaref670722017-11-14 09:11:27 +01004601 "-mon [chardev=]name[,mode=readline|control][,pretty[=on|off]]\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004602SRST
4603``-mon [chardev=]name[,mode=readline|control][,pretty[=on|off]]``
Peter Maydell0ec44682023-05-15 17:22:45 +01004604 Set up a monitor connected to the chardev ``name``.
4605 QEMU supports two monitors: the Human Monitor Protocol
4606 (HMP; for human interaction), and the QEMU Monitor Protocol
4607 (QMP; a JSON RPC-style protocol).
4608 The default is HMP; ``mode=control`` selects QMP instead.
4609 ``pretty`` is only valid when ``mode=control``,
Ali Shirvani16b3f3b2021-05-19 11:41:45 +04304610 turning on JSON pretty printing to ease
Daniel P. Berrangé283d8452021-02-19 17:56:13 +00004611 human reading and debugging.
Peter Maydell0ec44682023-05-15 17:22:45 +01004612
4613 For example::
4614
4615 -chardev socket,id=mon1,host=localhost,port=4444,server=on,wait=off \
4616 -mon chardev=mon1,mode=control,pretty=on
4617
4618 enables the QMP monitor on localhost port 4444 with pretty-printing.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004619ERST
Gerd Hoffmann22a0e042009-12-08 13:11:51 +01004620
H. Peter Anvinc9f398e2009-12-29 13:51:36 -08004621DEF("debugcon", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_debugcon, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004622 "-debugcon dev redirect the debug console to char device 'dev'\n",
4623 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004624SRST
4625``-debugcon dev``
4626 Redirect the debug console to host device dev (same devices as the
4627 serial port). The debug console is an I/O port which is typically
4628 port 0xe9; writing to that I/O port sends output to this device. The
4629 default device is ``vc`` in graphical mode and ``stdio`` in non
4630 graphical mode.
4631ERST
H. Peter Anvinc9f398e2009-12-29 13:51:36 -08004632
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004633DEF("pidfile", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_pidfile, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004634 "-pidfile file write PID to 'file'\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004635SRST
4636``-pidfile file``
4637 Store the QEMU process PID in file. It is useful if you launch QEMU
4638 from a script.
4639ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004640
Igor Mammedov047f7032018-05-11 19:24:43 +02004641DEF("preconfig", 0, QEMU_OPTION_preconfig, \
Markus Armbruster361ac942018-07-05 11:14:02 +02004642 "--preconfig pause QEMU before machine is initialized (experimental)\n",
Igor Mammedov047f7032018-05-11 19:24:43 +02004643 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004644SRST
4645``--preconfig``
4646 Pause QEMU for interactive configuration before the machine is
4647 created, which allows querying and configuring properties that will
4648 affect machine initialization. Use QMP command 'x-exit-preconfig' to
4649 exit the preconfig state and move to the next state (i.e. run guest
4650 if -S isn't used or pause the second time if -S is used). This
4651 option is experimental.
4652ERST
Igor Mammedov047f7032018-05-11 19:24:43 +02004653
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004654DEF("S", 0, QEMU_OPTION_S, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004655 "-S freeze CPU at startup (use 'c' to start execution)\n",
4656 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004657SRST
4658``-S``
4659 Do not start CPU at startup (you must type 'c' in the monitor).
4660ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004661
Michael S. Tsirkin6f131f12018-06-22 22:22:05 +03004662DEF("overcommit", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_overcommit,
Daniil Tatianin13057e02025-02-12 17:39:20 +03004663 "-overcommit [mem-lock=on|off|on-fault][cpu-pm=on|off]\n"
Michael S. Tsirkin6f131f12018-06-22 22:22:05 +03004664 " run qemu with overcommit hints\n"
Daniil Tatianin13057e02025-02-12 17:39:20 +03004665 " mem-lock=on|off|on-fault controls memory lock support (default: off)\n"
Michael S. Tsirkin6f131f12018-06-22 22:22:05 +03004666 " cpu-pm=on|off controls cpu power management (default: off)\n",
4667 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004668SRST
Daniil Tatianin13057e02025-02-12 17:39:20 +03004669``-overcommit mem-lock=on|off|on-fault``
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00004670 \
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004671``-overcommit cpu-pm=on|off``
4672 Run qemu with hints about host resource overcommit. The default is
4673 to assume that host overcommits all resources.
4674
4675 Locking qemu and guest memory can be enabled via ``mem-lock=on``
Daniil Tatianin13057e02025-02-12 17:39:20 +03004676 or ``mem-lock=on-fault`` (disabled by default). This works when
4677 host memory is not overcommitted and reduces the worst-case latency for
4678 guest. The on-fault option is better for reducing the memory footprint
4679 since it makes allocations lazy, but the pages still get locked in place
4680 once faulted by the guest or QEMU. Note that the two options are mutually
4681 exclusive.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004682
4683 Guest ability to manage power state of host cpus (increasing latency
4684 for other processes on the same host cpu, but decreasing latency for
4685 guest) can be enabled via ``cpu-pm=on`` (disabled by default). This
4686 works best when host CPU is not overcommitted. When used, host
4687 estimates of CPU cycle and power utilization will be incorrect, not
4688 taking into account guest idle time.
4689ERST
Michael S. Tsirkin6f131f12018-06-22 22:22:05 +03004690
aliguori59030a82009-04-05 18:43:41 +00004691DEF("gdb", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_gdb, \
Peter Maydelle5910d42020-04-03 10:40:14 +01004692 "-gdb dev accept gdb connection on 'dev'. (QEMU defaults to starting\n"
4693 " the guest without waiting for gdb to connect; use -S too\n"
4694 " if you want it to not start execution.)\n",
4695 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004696SRST
4697``-gdb dev``
Thomas Huth923e9312020-11-16 15:47:36 +01004698 Accept a gdb connection on device dev (see the :ref:`GDB usage` chapter
4699 in the System Emulation Users Guide). Note that this option does not pause QEMU
Peter Maydelle5910d42020-04-03 10:40:14 +01004700 execution -- if you want QEMU to not start the guest until you
4701 connect with gdb and issue a ``continue`` command, you will need to
4702 also pass the ``-S`` option to QEMU.
4703
4704 The most usual configuration is to listen on a local TCP socket::
4705
4706 -gdb tcp::3117
4707
4708 but you can specify other backends; UDP, pseudo TTY, or even stdio
4709 are all reasonable use cases. For example, a stdio connection
4710 allows you to start QEMU from within gdb and establish the
4711 connection via a pipe:
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004712
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00004713 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004714
4715 (gdb) target remote | exec |qemu_system| -gdb stdio ...
4716ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004717
aliguori59030a82009-04-05 18:43:41 +00004718DEF("s", 0, QEMU_OPTION_s, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004719 "-s shorthand for -gdb tcp::" DEFAULT_GDBSTUB_PORT "\n",
4720 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004721SRST
4722``-s``
4723 Shorthand for -gdb tcp::1234, i.e. open a gdbserver on TCP port 1234
Thomas Huth923e9312020-11-16 15:47:36 +01004724 (see the :ref:`GDB usage` chapter in the System Emulation Users Guide).
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004725ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004726
4727DEF("d", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_d, \
Peter Maydell989b6972013-02-26 17:52:40 +00004728 "-d item1,... enable logging of specified items (use '-d help' for a list of log items)\n",
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004729 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004730SRST
4731``-d item1[,...]``
4732 Enable logging of specified items. Use '-d help' for a list of log
4733 items.
4734ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004735
Matthew Fernandezc235d732011-06-07 16:32:40 +00004736DEF("D", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_D, \
Peter Maydell989b6972013-02-26 17:52:40 +00004737 "-D logfile output log to logfile (default stderr)\n",
Matthew Fernandezc235d732011-06-07 16:32:40 +00004738 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004739SRST
4740``-D logfile``
4741 Output log in logfile instead of to stderr
4742ERST
Matthew Fernandezc235d732011-06-07 16:32:40 +00004743
Alex Bennée35145522016-03-15 14:30:20 +00004744DEF("dfilter", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_DFILTER, \
4745 "-dfilter range,.. filter debug output to range of addresses (useful for -d cpu,exec,etc..)\n",
4746 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004747SRST
4748``-dfilter range1[,...]``
4749 Filter debug output to that relevant to a range of target addresses.
4750 The filter spec can be either start+size, start-size or start..end
4751 where start end and size are the addresses and sizes required. For
4752 example:
4753
4754 ::
4755
4756 -dfilter 0x8000..0x8fff,0xffffffc000080000+0x200,0xffffffc000060000-0x1000
4757
4758 Will dump output for any code in the 0x1000 sized block starting at
4759 0x8000 and the 0x200 sized block starting at 0xffffffc000080000 and
4760 another 0x1000 sized block starting at 0xffffffc00005f000.
4761ERST
Alex Bennée35145522016-03-15 14:30:20 +00004762
Richard Henderson9c09a252019-03-14 13:06:29 -07004763DEF("seed", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_seed, \
4764 "-seed number seed the pseudo-random number generator\n",
4765 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004766SRST
4767``-seed number``
4768 Force the guest to use a deterministic pseudo-random number
4769 generator, seeded with number. This does not affect crypto routines
4770 within the host.
4771ERST
Richard Henderson9c09a252019-03-14 13:06:29 -07004772
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004773DEF("L", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_L, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004774 "-L path set the directory for the BIOS, VGA BIOS and keymaps\n",
4775 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004776SRST
4777``-L path``
4778 Set the directory for the BIOS, VGA BIOS and keymaps.
4779
4780 To list all the data directories, use ``-L help``.
4781ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004782
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004783DEF("enable-kvm", 0, QEMU_OPTION_enable_kvm, \
Thomas Huth21abf012022-04-27 15:49:06 +02004784 "-enable-kvm enable KVM full virtualization support\n",
4785 QEMU_ARCH_ARM | QEMU_ARCH_I386 | QEMU_ARCH_MIPS | QEMU_ARCH_PPC |
4786 QEMU_ARCH_RISCV | QEMU_ARCH_S390X)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004787SRST
4788``-enable-kvm``
4789 Enable KVM full virtualization support. This option is only
4790 available if KVM support is enabled when compiling.
4791ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004792
aliguorie37630c2009-04-22 15:19:10 +00004793DEF("xen-domid", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_xen_domid,
Thomas Hutheeb36472022-04-27 15:31:56 +02004794 "-xen-domid id specify xen guest domain id\n",
4795 QEMU_ARCH_ARM | QEMU_ARCH_I386)
aliguorie37630c2009-04-22 15:19:10 +00004796DEF("xen-attach", 0, QEMU_OPTION_xen_attach,
4797 "-xen-attach attach to existing xen domain\n"
Anthony PERARD1077bca2018-09-14 12:18:30 +01004798 " libxl will use this when starting QEMU\n",
Thomas Hutheeb36472022-04-27 15:31:56 +02004799 QEMU_ARCH_ARM | QEMU_ARCH_I386)
Paul Durrant1c599472017-03-22 09:39:15 +00004800DEF("xen-domid-restrict", 0, QEMU_OPTION_xen_domid_restrict,
4801 "-xen-domid-restrict restrict set of available xen operations\n"
4802 " to specified domain id. (Does not affect\n"
4803 " xenpv machine type).\n",
Thomas Hutheeb36472022-04-27 15:31:56 +02004804 QEMU_ARCH_ARM | QEMU_ARCH_I386)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004805SRST
4806``-xen-domid id``
4807 Specify xen guest domain id (XEN only).
4808
4809``-xen-attach``
4810 Attach to existing xen domain. libxl will use this when starting
4811 QEMU (XEN only). Restrict set of available xen operations to
4812 specified domain id (XEN only).
4813ERST
aliguorie37630c2009-04-22 15:19:10 +00004814
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004815DEF("no-reboot", 0, QEMU_OPTION_no_reboot, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004816 "-no-reboot exit instead of rebooting\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004817SRST
4818``-no-reboot``
4819 Exit instead of rebooting.
4820ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004821
4822DEF("no-shutdown", 0, QEMU_OPTION_no_shutdown, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004823 "-no-shutdown stop before shutdown\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004824SRST
4825``-no-shutdown``
4826 Don't exit QEMU on guest shutdown, but instead only stop the
4827 emulation. This allows for instance switching to monitor to commit
4828 changes to the disk image.
4829ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004830
Alejandro Jimenez2a5ad602020-12-11 11:52:41 -05004831DEF("action", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_action,
Paolo Bonzinic27025e2021-01-20 14:30:27 +01004832 "-action reboot=reset|shutdown\n"
4833 " action when guest reboots [default=reset]\n"
Alejandro Jimenez2a5ad602020-12-11 11:52:41 -05004834 "-action shutdown=poweroff|pause\n"
4835 " action when guest shuts down [default=poweroff]\n"
Ilya Leoshkevich0882caf2022-07-26 00:37:45 +02004836 "-action panic=pause|shutdown|exit-failure|none\n"
Paolo Bonzinic27025e2021-01-20 14:30:27 +01004837 " action when guest panics [default=shutdown]\n"
Alejandro Jimenez2a5ad602020-12-11 11:52:41 -05004838 "-action watchdog=reset|shutdown|poweroff|inject-nmi|pause|debug|none\n"
4839 " action when watchdog fires [default=reset]\n",
4840 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
4841SRST
4842``-action event=action``
4843 The action parameter serves to modify QEMU's default behavior when
4844 certain guest events occur. It provides a generic method for specifying the
4845 same behaviors that are modified by the ``-no-reboot`` and ``-no-shutdown``
4846 parameters.
4847
4848 Examples:
4849
Alejandro Jimenezc753e8e2020-12-11 17:31:52 -05004850 ``-action panic=none``
Alejandro Jimenez2a5ad602020-12-11 11:52:41 -05004851 ``-action reboot=shutdown,shutdown=pause``
Paolo Bonzini5433af72022-09-10 13:44:47 +02004852 ``-device i6300esb -action watchdog=pause``
Alejandro Jimenez2a5ad602020-12-11 11:52:41 -05004853
4854ERST
4855
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004856DEF("loadvm", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_loadvm, \
4857 "-loadvm [tag|id]\n" \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004858 " start right away with a saved state (loadvm in monitor)\n",
4859 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004860SRST
4861``-loadvm file``
4862 Start right away with a saved state (``loadvm`` in monitor)
4863ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004864
Kohei Tokunaga1a896442025-04-28 15:39:04 +09004865#if !defined(_WIN32) && !defined(EMSCRIPTEN)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004866DEF("daemonize", 0, QEMU_OPTION_daemonize, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004867 "-daemonize daemonize QEMU after initializing\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004868#endif
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004869SRST
4870``-daemonize``
4871 Daemonize the QEMU process after initialization. QEMU will not
4872 detach from standard IO until it is ready to receive connections on
4873 any of its devices. This option is a useful way for external
4874 programs to launch QEMU without having to cope with initialization
4875 race conditions.
4876ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004877
4878DEF("option-rom", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_option_rom, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004879 "-option-rom rom load a file, rom, into the option ROM space\n",
4880 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004881SRST
4882``-option-rom file``
4883 Load the contents of file as an option ROM. This option is useful to
4884 load things like EtherBoot.
4885ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004886
Jan Kiszka1ed2fc12009-09-15 13:36:04 +02004887DEF("rtc", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_rtc, \
Artem Pisarenko238d1242018-10-18 13:12:52 +06004888 "-rtc [base=utc|localtime|<datetime>][,clock=host|rt|vm][,driftfix=none|slew]\n" \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004889 " set the RTC base and clock, enable drift fix for clock ticks (x86 only)\n",
4890 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Jan Kiszka1ed2fc12009-09-15 13:36:04 +02004891
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004892SRST
4893``-rtc [base=utc|localtime|datetime][,clock=host|rt|vm][,driftfix=none|slew]``
4894 Specify ``base`` as ``utc`` or ``localtime`` to let the RTC start at
4895 the current UTC or local time, respectively. ``localtime`` is
4896 required for correct date in MS-DOS or Windows. To start at a
4897 specific point in time, provide datetime in the format
4898 ``2006-06-17T16:01:21`` or ``2006-06-17``. The default base is UTC.
4899
4900 By default the RTC is driven by the host system time. This allows
4901 using of the RTC as accurate reference clock inside the guest,
4902 specifically if the host time is smoothly following an accurate
4903 external reference clock, e.g. via NTP. If you want to isolate the
4904 guest time from the host, you can set ``clock`` to ``rt`` instead,
4905 which provides a host monotonic clock if host support it. To even
4906 prevent the RTC from progressing during suspension, you can set
4907 ``clock`` to ``vm`` (virtual clock). '\ ``clock=vm``\ ' is
4908 recommended especially in icount mode in order to preserve
4909 determinism; however, note that in icount mode the speed of the
4910 virtual clock is variable and can in general differ from the host
4911 clock.
4912
4913 Enable ``driftfix`` (i386 targets only) if you experience time drift
4914 problems, specifically with Windows' ACPI HAL. This option will try
4915 to figure out how many timer interrupts were not processed by the
4916 Windows guest and will re-inject them.
4917ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004918
4919DEF("icount", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_icount, \
Peter Maydellfa647902020-11-21 21:35:06 +00004920 "-icount [shift=N|auto][,align=on|off][,sleep=on|off][,rr=record|replay,rrfile=<filename>[,rrsnapshot=<snapshot>]]\n" \
aliguoribc14ca22009-04-05 18:43:37 +00004921 " enable virtual instruction counter with 2^N clock ticks per\n" \
Victor CLEMENTf1f4b572015-05-29 17:14:05 +02004922 " instruction, enable aligning the host and virtual clocks\n" \
Peter Maydellfa647902020-11-21 21:35:06 +00004923 " or disable real time cpu sleeping, and optionally enable\n" \
4924 " record-and-replay mode\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004925SRST
Peter Maydellfa647902020-11-21 21:35:06 +00004926``-icount [shift=N|auto][,align=on|off][,sleep=on|off][,rr=record|replay,rrfile=filename[,rrsnapshot=snapshot]]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004927 Enable virtual instruction counter. The virtual cpu will execute one
4928 instruction every 2^N ns of virtual time. If ``auto`` is specified
4929 then the virtual cpu speed will be automatically adjusted to keep
4930 virtual time within a few seconds of real time.
4931
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004932 Note that while this option can give deterministic behavior, it does
4933 not provide cycle accurate emulation. Modern CPUs contain
4934 superscalar out of order cores with complex cache hierarchies. The
4935 number of instructions executed often has little or no correlation
4936 with actual performance.
4937
Peter Maydellfa647902020-11-21 21:35:06 +00004938 When the virtual cpu is sleeping, the virtual time will advance at
Ethan Chene3722142025-06-06 17:57:28 +08004939 default speed unless ``sleep=off`` is specified. With
4940 ``sleep=off``, the virtual time will jump to the next timer
Peter Maydellfa647902020-11-21 21:35:06 +00004941 deadline instantly whenever the virtual cpu goes to sleep mode and
4942 will not advance if no timer is enabled. This behavior gives
4943 deterministic execution times from the guest point of view.
Ethan Chene3722142025-06-06 17:57:28 +08004944 The default if icount is enabled is ``sleep=on``.
4945 ``sleep=off`` cannot be used together with either ``shift=auto``
Peter Maydellfa647902020-11-21 21:35:06 +00004946 or ``align=on``.
4947
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004948 ``align=on`` will activate the delay algorithm which will try to
4949 synchronise the host clock and the virtual clock. The goal is to
4950 have a guest running at the real frequency imposed by the shift
4951 option. Whenever the guest clock is behind the host clock and if
4952 ``align=on`` is specified then we print a message to the user to
4953 inform about the delay. Currently this option does not work when
4954 ``shift`` is ``auto``. Note: The sync algorithm will work for those
4955 shift values for which the guest clock runs ahead of the host clock.
4956 Typically this happens when the shift value is high (how high
Peter Maydellfa647902020-11-21 21:35:06 +00004957 depends on the host machine). The default if icount is enabled
4958 is ``align=off``.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004959
Peter Maydellfa647902020-11-21 21:35:06 +00004960 When the ``rr`` option is specified deterministic record/replay is
4961 enabled. The ``rrfile=`` option must also be provided to
4962 specify the path to the replay log. In record mode data is written
4963 to this file, and in replay mode it is read back.
4964 If the ``rrsnapshot`` option is given then it specifies a VM snapshot
4965 name. In record mode, a new VM snapshot with the given name is created
4966 at the start of execution recording. In replay mode this option
4967 specifies the snapshot name used to load the initial VM state.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004968ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004969
Richard W.M. Jones9dd986c2009-04-25 13:56:19 +01004970DEF("watchdog-action", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_watchdog_action, \
Markus Armbruster7ad92702017-10-02 16:03:07 +02004971 "-watchdog-action reset|shutdown|poweroff|inject-nmi|pause|debug|none\n" \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004972 " action when watchdog fires [default=reset]\n",
4973 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004974SRST
4975``-watchdog-action action``
4976 The action controls what QEMU will do when the watchdog timer
4977 expires. The default is ``reset`` (forcefully reset the guest).
4978 Other possible actions are: ``shutdown`` (attempt to gracefully
4979 shutdown the guest), ``poweroff`` (forcefully poweroff the guest),
4980 ``inject-nmi`` (inject a NMI into the guest), ``pause`` (pause the
4981 guest), ``debug`` (print a debug message and continue), or ``none``
4982 (do nothing).
4983
4984 Note that the ``shutdown`` action requires that the guest responds
4985 to ACPI signals, which it may not be able to do in the sort of
4986 situations where the watchdog would have expired, and thus
4987 ``-watchdog-action shutdown`` is not recommended for production use.
4988
4989 Examples:
4990
Paolo Bonzini5433af72022-09-10 13:44:47 +02004991 ``-device i6300esb -watchdog-action pause``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004992
4993ERST
Richard W.M. Jones9dd986c2009-04-25 13:56:19 +01004994
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004995DEF("echr", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_echr, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004996 "-echr chr set terminal escape character instead of ctrl-a\n",
4997 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004998SRST
4999``-echr numeric_ascii_value``
5000 Change the escape character used for switching to the monitor when
5001 using monitor and serial sharing. The default is ``0x01`` when using
5002 the ``-nographic`` option. ``0x01`` is equal to pressing
5003 ``Control-a``. You can select a different character from the ascii
5004 control keys where 1 through 26 map to Control-a through Control-z.
5005 For instance you could use the either of the following to change the
5006 escape character to Control-t.
5007
5008 ``-echr 0x14``; \ ``-echr 20``
5009
5010ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00005011
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00005012DEF("incoming", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_incoming, \
Daniel P. Berrangébf240952021-02-16 19:10:22 +00005013 "-incoming tcp:[host]:port[,to=maxport][,ipv4=on|off][,ipv6=on|off]\n" \
5014 "-incoming rdma:host:port[,ipv4=on|off][,ipv6=on|off]\n" \
Michael Tokarev7c601802015-02-10 22:40:47 +03005015 "-incoming unix:socketpath\n" \
5016 " prepare for incoming migration, listen on\n" \
5017 " specified protocol and socket address\n" \
5018 "-incoming fd:fd\n" \
Steve Sistare385f5102023-09-08 07:22:11 -07005019 "-incoming file:filename[,offset=offset]\n" \
Michael Tokarev7c601802015-02-10 22:40:47 +03005020 "-incoming exec:cmdline\n" \
5021 " accept incoming migration on given file descriptor\n" \
Dr. David Alan Gilbert15970512015-05-29 19:52:52 +01005022 " or from given external command\n" \
Steve Sistare2862b6b2025-01-15 11:00:38 -08005023 "-incoming <channel>\n" \
5024 " accept incoming migration on the migration channel\n" \
Dr. David Alan Gilbert15970512015-05-29 19:52:52 +01005025 "-incoming defer\n" \
5026 " wait for the URI to be specified via migrate_incoming\n",
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00005027 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005028SRST
Steve Sistare2862b6b2025-01-15 11:00:38 -08005029The -incoming option specifies the migration channel for an incoming
5030migration. It may be used multiple times to specify multiple
5031migration channel types. The channel type is specified in <channel>,
5032or is 'main' for all other forms of -incoming. If multiple -incoming
5033options are specified for a channel type, the last one takes precedence.
5034
Daniel P. Berrangébf240952021-02-16 19:10:22 +00005035``-incoming tcp:[host]:port[,to=maxport][,ipv4=on|off][,ipv6=on|off]``
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00005036 \
Daniel P. Berrangébf240952021-02-16 19:10:22 +00005037``-incoming rdma:host:port[,ipv4=on|off][,ipv6=on|off]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005038 Prepare for incoming migration, listen on a given tcp port.
5039
5040``-incoming unix:socketpath``
5041 Prepare for incoming migration, listen on a given unix socket.
5042
5043``-incoming fd:fd``
Steve Sistare2a9e2e52023-09-08 07:22:10 -07005044 Accept incoming migration from a given file descriptor.
5045
Steve Sistare385f5102023-09-08 07:22:11 -07005046``-incoming file:filename[,offset=offset]``
5047 Accept incoming migration from a given file starting at offset.
5048 offset allows the common size suffixes, or a 0x prefix, but not both.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005049
5050``-incoming exec:cmdline``
5051 Accept incoming migration as an output from specified external
5052 command.
5053
Steve Sistare2862b6b2025-01-15 11:00:38 -08005054``-incoming <channel>``
5055 Accept incoming migration on the migration channel. For the syntax
5056 of <channel>, see the QAPI documentation of ``MigrationChannel``.
5057 Examples:
5058 ::
5059
5060 -incoming '{"channel-type": "main",
5061 "addr": { "transport": "socket",
5062 "type": "unix",
5063 "path": "my.sock" }}'
5064
5065 -incoming main,addr.transport=socket,addr.type=unix,addr.path=my.sock
5066
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005067``-incoming defer``
5068 Wait for the URI to be specified via migrate\_incoming. The monitor
5069 can be used to change settings (such as migration parameters) prior
5070 to issuing the migrate\_incoming to allow the migration to begin.
5071ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00005072
Ashijeet Acharyad15c05f2017-01-16 17:01:51 +05305073DEF("only-migratable", 0, QEMU_OPTION_only_migratable, \
5074 "-only-migratable allow only migratable devices\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005075SRST
5076``-only-migratable``
5077 Only allow migratable devices. Devices will not be allowed to enter
5078 an unmigratable state.
5079ERST
Ashijeet Acharyad15c05f2017-01-16 17:01:51 +05305080
Gerd Hoffmannd8c208d2009-12-08 13:11:46 +01005081DEF("nodefaults", 0, QEMU_OPTION_nodefaults, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00005082 "-nodefaults don't create default devices\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005083SRST
5084``-nodefaults``
5085 Don't create default devices. Normally, QEMU sets the default
5086 devices like serial port, parallel port, virtual console, monitor
5087 device, VGA adapter, floppy and CD-ROM drive and others. The
5088 ``-nodefaults`` option will disable all those default devices.
5089ERST
Gerd Hoffmannd8c208d2009-12-08 13:11:46 +01005090
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00005091DEF("prom-env", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_prom_env,
5092 "-prom-env variable=value\n"
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00005093 " set OpenBIOS nvram variables\n",
5094 QEMU_ARCH_PPC | QEMU_ARCH_SPARC)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005095SRST
5096``-prom-env variable=value``
5097 Set OpenBIOS nvram variable to given value (PPC, SPARC only).
5098
5099 ::
5100
5101 qemu-system-sparc -prom-env 'auto-boot?=false' \
5102 -prom-env 'boot-device=sd(0,2,0):d' -prom-env 'boot-args=linux single'
5103
5104 ::
5105
5106 qemu-system-ppc -prom-env 'auto-boot?=false' \
5107 -prom-env 'boot-device=hd:2,\yaboot' \
5108 -prom-env 'boot-args=conf=hd:2,\yaboot.conf'
5109ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00005110DEF("semihosting", 0, QEMU_OPTION_semihosting,
Michael Wallef7bbcfb2014-04-22 20:18:42 +02005111 "-semihosting semihosting mode\n",
Markus Armbruster9d49bcf2021-05-03 10:40:33 +02005112 QEMU_ARCH_ARM | QEMU_ARCH_M68K | QEMU_ARCH_XTENSA |
Philippe Mathieu-Daudé6c301482024-03-27 12:10:58 +01005113 QEMU_ARCH_MIPS | QEMU_ARCH_RISCV)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005114SRST
5115``-semihosting``
Philippe Mathieu-Daudé6c301482024-03-27 12:10:58 +01005116 Enable :ref:`Semihosting` mode (ARM, M68K, Xtensa, MIPS, RISC-V only).
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005117
Alex Bennée2da9d212023-01-24 18:01:13 +00005118 .. warning::
5119 Note that this allows guest direct access to the host filesystem, so
5120 should only be used with a trusted guest OS.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005121
5122 See the -semihosting-config option documentation for further
5123 information about the facilities this enables.
5124ERST
Liviu Ionescua38bb072014-12-11 12:07:48 +00005125DEF("semihosting-config", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_semihosting_config,
Peter Maydell52028612022-08-22 15:12:24 +01005126 "-semihosting-config [enable=on|off][,target=native|gdb|auto][,chardev=id][,userspace=on|off][,arg=str[,...]]\n" \
Leon Alraea59d31a2015-06-19 14:17:45 +01005127 " semihosting configuration\n",
Markus Armbruster9d49bcf2021-05-03 10:40:33 +02005128QEMU_ARCH_ARM | QEMU_ARCH_M68K | QEMU_ARCH_XTENSA |
Philippe Mathieu-Daudé6c301482024-03-27 12:10:58 +01005129QEMU_ARCH_MIPS | QEMU_ARCH_RISCV)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005130SRST
Peter Maydell52028612022-08-22 15:12:24 +01005131``-semihosting-config [enable=on|off][,target=native|gdb|auto][,chardev=id][,userspace=on|off][,arg=str[,...]]``
Philippe Mathieu-Daudé6c301482024-03-27 12:10:58 +01005132 Enable and configure :ref:`Semihosting` (ARM, M68K, Xtensa, MIPS, RISC-V
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005133 only).
5134
Alex Bennée2da9d212023-01-24 18:01:13 +00005135 .. warning::
5136 Note that this allows guest direct access to the host filesystem, so
5137 should only be used with a trusted guest OS.
Keith Packarda10b9d92021-01-08 22:42:52 +00005138
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005139 ``target=native|gdb|auto``
5140 Defines where the semihosting calls will be addressed, to QEMU
5141 (``native``) or to GDB (``gdb``). The default is ``auto``, which
5142 means ``gdb`` during debug sessions and ``native`` otherwise.
5143
5144 ``chardev=str1``
5145 Send the output to a chardev backend output for native or auto
5146 output when not in gdb
5147
Peter Maydell52028612022-08-22 15:12:24 +01005148 ``userspace=on|off``
5149 Allows code running in guest userspace to access the semihosting
5150 interface. The default is that only privileged guest code can
5151 make semihosting calls. Note that setting ``userspace=on`` should
5152 only be used if all guest code is trusted (for example, in
5153 bare-metal test case code).
5154
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005155 ``arg=str1,arg=str2,...``
5156 Allows the user to pass input arguments, and can be used
5157 multiple times to build up a list. The old-style
5158 ``-kernel``/``-append`` method of passing a command line is
5159 still supported for backward compatibility. If both the
5160 ``--semihosting-config arg`` and the ``-kernel``/``-append`` are
5161 specified, the former is passed to semihosting as it always
5162 takes precedence.
5163ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00005164DEF("old-param", 0, QEMU_OPTION_old_param,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00005165 "-old-param old param mode\n", QEMU_ARCH_ARM)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005166SRST
5167``-old-param``
5168 Old param mode (ARM only).
5169ERST
Stefan Weil95d5f082010-01-20 22:25:27 +01005170
Eduardo Otubo7d76ad42012-08-14 18:44:08 -03005171DEF("sandbox", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_sandbox, \
Eduardo Otubo73a1e642017-03-13 22:13:27 +01005172 "-sandbox on[,obsolete=allow|deny][,elevateprivileges=allow|deny|children]\n" \
Eduardo Otubo24f8cdc2017-03-13 22:18:51 +01005173 " [,spawn=allow|deny][,resourcecontrol=allow|deny]\n" \
Eduardo Otubo2b716fa2017-03-01 23:17:29 +01005174 " Enable seccomp mode 2 system call filter (default 'off').\n" \
5175 " use 'obsolete' to allow obsolete system calls that are provided\n" \
5176 " by the kernel, but typically no longer used by modern\n" \
Eduardo Otubo73a1e642017-03-13 22:13:27 +01005177 " C library implementations.\n" \
Philippe Mathieu-Daudéd42304b2021-03-03 19:46:43 +01005178 " use 'elevateprivileges' to allow or deny the QEMU process ability\n" \
5179 " to elevate privileges using set*uid|gid system calls.\n" \
Eduardo Otubo73a1e642017-03-13 22:13:27 +01005180 " The value 'children' will deny set*uid|gid system calls for\n" \
Eduardo Otubo995a2262017-03-13 22:16:01 +01005181 " main QEMU process but will allow forks and execves to run unprivileged\n" \
5182 " use 'spawn' to avoid QEMU to spawn new threads or processes by\n" \
Philippe Mathieu-Daudéd42304b2021-03-03 19:46:43 +01005183 " blocking *fork and execve\n" \
Eduardo Otubo24f8cdc2017-03-13 22:18:51 +01005184 " use 'resourcecontrol' to disable process affinity and schedular priority\n",
Eduardo Otubo7d76ad42012-08-14 18:44:08 -03005185 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005186SRST
5187``-sandbox arg[,obsolete=string][,elevateprivileges=string][,spawn=string][,resourcecontrol=string]``
5188 Enable Seccomp mode 2 system call filter. 'on' will enable syscall
5189 filtering and 'off' will disable it. The default is 'off'.
5190
5191 ``obsolete=string``
5192 Enable Obsolete system calls
5193
5194 ``elevateprivileges=string``
5195 Disable set\*uid\|gid system calls
5196
5197 ``spawn=string``
5198 Disable \*fork and execve
5199
5200 ``resourcecontrol=string``
5201 Disable process affinity and schedular priority
5202ERST
Eduardo Otubo7d76ad42012-08-14 18:44:08 -03005203
Gerd Hoffmann715a6642009-10-14 10:39:28 +02005204DEF("readconfig", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_readconfig,
Paolo Bonzinie960a7e2022-04-14 10:57:21 -04005205 "-readconfig <file>\n"
5206 " read config file\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005207SRST
5208``-readconfig file``
5209 Read device configuration from file. This approach is useful when
5210 you want to spawn QEMU process with many command line options but
5211 you don't want to exceed the command line character limit.
5212ERST
Thomas Huth2feac452018-08-21 12:59:56 +02005213
Eduardo Habkostf29a5612012-05-02 13:07:29 -03005214DEF("no-user-config", 0, QEMU_OPTION_nouserconfig,
5215 "-no-user-config\n"
Eduardo Habkost3478eae2017-10-04 00:00:25 -03005216 " do not load default user-provided config files at startup\n",
Eduardo Habkostf29a5612012-05-02 13:07:29 -03005217 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005218SRST
5219``-no-user-config``
5220 The ``-no-user-config`` option makes QEMU not load any of the
5221 user-provided config files on sysconfdir.
5222ERST
Thomas Huth2feac452018-08-21 12:59:56 +02005223
Prerna Saxenaab6540d2010-08-09 11:48:32 +01005224DEF("trace", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_trace,
Paolo Bonzini10578a22016-01-07 16:55:26 +03005225 "-trace [[enable=]<pattern>][,events=<file>][,file=<file>]\n"
Lluís23d15e82011-08-31 20:31:31 +02005226 " specify tracing options\n",
Prerna Saxenaab6540d2010-08-09 11:48:32 +01005227 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005228SRST
5229``-trace [[enable=]pattern][,events=file][,file=file]``
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00005230 .. include:: ../qemu-option-trace.rst.inc
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005231
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005232ERST
Lluís Vilanova42229a72017-07-24 17:28:22 +03005233DEF("plugin", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_plugin,
Mahmoud Mandour3a445ac2021-07-30 15:58:05 +02005234 "-plugin [file=]<file>[,<argname>=<argvalue>]\n"
Lluís Vilanova42229a72017-07-24 17:28:22 +03005235 " load a plugin\n",
5236 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005237SRST
Mahmoud Mandour3a445ac2021-07-30 15:58:05 +02005238``-plugin file=file[,argname=argvalue]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005239 Load a plugin.
5240
5241 ``file=file``
5242 Load the given plugin from a shared library file.
5243
Mahmoud Mandour3a445ac2021-07-30 15:58:05 +02005244 ``argname=argvalue``
5245 Argument passed to the plugin. (Can be given multiple times.)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005246ERST
Stefan Weil3dbf2c72010-01-16 18:19:44 +01005247
Markus Armbruster31e70d62013-02-13 19:49:37 +01005248HXCOMM Internal use
5249DEF("qtest", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_qtest, "", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
5250DEF("qtest-log", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_qtest_log, "", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Anthony Liguoric7f0f3b2012-03-28 15:42:02 +02005251
Kohei Tokunaga1a896442025-04-28 15:39:04 +09005252#if defined(CONFIG_POSIX) && !defined(EMSCRIPTEN)
Claudio Imbrenda80bd81c2023-05-05 14:00:51 +02005253DEF("run-with", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_run_with,
Thomas Huth95e0fb02024-05-06 13:20:58 +02005254 "-run-with [async-teardown=on|off][,chroot=dir][user=username|uid:gid]\n"
Thomas Huth9ffcbe22023-07-03 09:44:47 +02005255 " Set miscellaneous QEMU process lifecycle options:\n"
5256 " async-teardown=on enables asynchronous teardown (Linux only)\n"
Thomas Huth95e0fb02024-05-06 13:20:58 +02005257 " chroot=dir chroot to dir just before starting the VM\n"
5258 " user=username switch to the specified user before starting the VM\n"
5259 " user=uid:gid ditto, but use specified user-ID and group-ID instead\n",
Claudio Imbrenda80bd81c2023-05-05 14:00:51 +02005260 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
5261SRST
Thomas Huth95e0fb02024-05-06 13:20:58 +02005262``-run-with [async-teardown=on|off][,chroot=dir][user=username|uid:gid]``
Claudio Imbrenda80bd81c2023-05-05 14:00:51 +02005263 Set QEMU process lifecycle options.
5264
5265 ``async-teardown=on`` enables asynchronous teardown. A new process called
5266 "cleanup/<QEMU_PID>" will be created at startup sharing the address
5267 space with the main QEMU process, using clone. It will wait for the
5268 main QEMU process to terminate completely, and then exit. This allows
5269 QEMU to terminate very quickly even if the guest was huge, leaving the
5270 teardown of the address space to the cleanup process. Since the cleanup
5271 process shares the same cgroups as the main QEMU process, accounting is
5272 performed correctly. This only works if the cleanup process is not
5273 forcefully killed with SIGKILL before the main QEMU process has
5274 terminated completely.
Thomas Huth9ffcbe22023-07-03 09:44:47 +02005275
5276 ``chroot=dir`` can be used for doing a chroot to the specified directory
5277 immediately before starting the guest execution. This is especially useful
Thomas Huth00cfbdc2025-01-03 16:54:11 +01005278 in combination with ``user=...``.
Thomas Huth95e0fb02024-05-06 13:20:58 +02005279
5280 ``user=username`` or ``user=uid:gid`` can be used to drop root privileges
Boqiao Fude12ebf2024-07-15 17:04:32 +08005281 before starting guest execution. QEMU will use the ``setuid`` and ``setgid``
5282 system calls to switch to the specified identity. Note that the
5283 ``user=username`` syntax will also apply the full set of supplementary
5284 groups for the user, whereas the ``user=uid:gid`` will use only the
5285 ``gid`` group.
Claudio Imbrenda80bd81c2023-05-05 14:00:51 +02005286ERST
5287#endif
Claudio Imbrendac891c242022-08-12 15:34:53 +02005288
Seiji Aguchi5e2ac512013-07-03 23:02:46 -04005289DEF("msg", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_msg,
Mario Smarduch2880ffb2020-06-26 13:19:00 -07005290 "-msg [timestamp[=on|off]][,guest-name=[on|off]]\n"
Markus Armbrusterdeda4972019-10-10 10:15:08 +02005291 " control error message format\n"
Mario Smarduch2880ffb2020-06-26 13:19:00 -07005292 " timestamp=on enables timestamps (default: off)\n"
5293 " guest-name=on enables guest name prefix but only if\n"
5294 " -name guest option is set (default: off)\n",
Seiji Aguchi5e2ac512013-07-03 23:02:46 -04005295 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005296SRST
Mario Smarduch2880ffb2020-06-26 13:19:00 -07005297``-msg [timestamp[=on|off]][,guest-name[=on|off]]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005298 Control error message format.
5299
5300 ``timestamp=on|off``
5301 Prefix messages with a timestamp. Default is off.
Mario Smarduch2880ffb2020-06-26 13:19:00 -07005302
5303 ``guest-name=on|off``
5304 Prefix messages with guest name but only if -name guest option is set
5305 otherwise the option is ignored. Default is off.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005306ERST
Seiji Aguchi5e2ac512013-07-03 23:02:46 -04005307
Amit Shahabfd9ce2014-06-20 18:56:08 +05305308DEF("dump-vmstate", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_dump_vmstate,
5309 "-dump-vmstate <file>\n"
5310 " Output vmstate information in JSON format to file.\n"
5311 " Use the scripts/vmstate-static-checker.py file to\n"
5312 " check for possible regressions in migration code\n"
Laurent Vivier23820532015-09-04 21:30:04 +02005313 " by comparing two such vmstate dumps.\n",
Amit Shahabfd9ce2014-06-20 18:56:08 +05305314 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005315SRST
5316``-dump-vmstate file``
5317 Dump json-encoded vmstate information for current machine type to
5318 file in file
5319ERST
Amit Shahabfd9ce2014-06-20 18:56:08 +05305320
Emilio G. Cota12df1892018-08-15 11:42:49 -04005321DEF("enable-sync-profile", 0, QEMU_OPTION_enable_sync_profile,
5322 "-enable-sync-profile\n"
5323 " enable synchronization profiling\n",
5324 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005325SRST
5326``-enable-sync-profile``
5327 Enable synchronization profiling.
5328ERST
Emilio G. Cota12df1892018-08-15 11:42:49 -04005329
Ilya Leoshkevich5584e2d2023-01-12 16:20:13 +01005330#if defined(CONFIG_TCG) && defined(CONFIG_LINUX)
5331DEF("perfmap", 0, QEMU_OPTION_perfmap,
5332 "-perfmap generate a /tmp/perf-${pid}.map file for perf\n",
5333 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
5334SRST
5335``-perfmap``
5336 Generate a map file for Linux perf tools that will allow basic profiling
5337 information to be broken down into basic blocks.
5338ERST
5339
5340DEF("jitdump", 0, QEMU_OPTION_jitdump,
5341 "-jitdump generate a jit-${pid}.dump file for perf\n",
5342 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
5343SRST
5344``-jitdump``
5345 Generate a dump file for Linux perf tools that maps basic blocks to symbol
5346 names, line numbers and JITted code.
5347ERST
5348#endif
5349
Paolo Bonzini43f187a2017-01-04 13:50:37 +01005350DEFHEADING()
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02005351
5352DEFHEADING(Generic object creation:)
Daniel P. Berrangeb9174d42015-05-13 17:14:03 +01005353
5354DEF("object", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_object,
5355 "-object TYPENAME[,PROP1=VALUE1,...]\n"
5356 " create a new object of type TYPENAME setting properties\n"
5357 " in the order they are specified. Note that the 'id'\n"
5358 " property must be set. These objects are placed in the\n"
5359 " '/objects' path.\n",
5360 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005361SRST
5362``-object typename[,prop1=value1,...]``
5363 Create a new object of type typename setting properties in the order
5364 they are specified. Note that the 'id' property must be set. These
5365 objects are placed in the '/objects' path.
5366
David Hildenbrande92666b2023-09-06 14:04:55 +02005367 ``-object memory-backend-file,id=id,size=size,mem-path=dir,share=on|off,discard-data=on|off,merge=on|off,dump=on|off,prealloc=on|off,host-nodes=host-nodes,policy=default|preferred|bind|interleave,align=align,offset=offset,readonly=on|off,rom=on|off|auto``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005368 Creates a memory file backend object, which can be used to back
5369 the guest RAM with huge pages.
5370
5371 The ``id`` parameter is a unique ID that will be used to
Robert Hoo56c9f002021-04-22 16:42:02 +08005372 reference this memory region in other parameters, e.g. ``-numa``,
5373 ``-device nvdimm``, etc.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005374
5375 The ``size`` option provides the size of the memory region, and
Robert Hoo56c9f002021-04-22 16:42:02 +08005376 accepts common suffixes, e.g. ``500M``.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005377
5378 The ``mem-path`` provides the path to either a shared memory or
5379 huge page filesystem mount.
5380
5381 The ``share`` boolean option determines whether the memory
5382 region is marked as private to QEMU, or shared. The latter
5383 allows a co-operating external process to access the QEMU memory
5384 region.
5385
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005386 Setting share=on might affect the ability to configure NUMA
5387 bindings for the memory backend under some circumstances, see
5388 Documentation/vm/numa\_memory\_policy.txt on the Linux kernel
5389 source tree for additional details.
5390
5391 Setting the ``discard-data`` boolean option to on indicates that
5392 file contents can be destroyed when QEMU exits, to avoid
5393 unnecessarily flushing data to the backing file. Note that
5394 ``discard-data`` is only an optimization, and QEMU might not
5395 discard file contents if it aborts unexpectedly or is terminated
5396 using SIGKILL.
5397
5398 The ``merge`` boolean option enables memory merge, also known as
5399 MADV\_MERGEABLE, so that Kernel Samepage Merging will consider
5400 the pages for memory deduplication.
5401
5402 Setting the ``dump`` boolean option to off excludes the memory
5403 from core dumps. This feature is also known as MADV\_DONTDUMP.
5404
5405 The ``prealloc`` boolean option enables memory preallocation.
5406
5407 The ``host-nodes`` option binds the memory range to a list of
5408 NUMA host nodes.
5409
5410 The ``policy`` option sets the NUMA policy to one of the
5411 following values:
5412
5413 ``default``
5414 default host policy
5415
5416 ``preferred``
5417 prefer the given host node list for allocation
5418
5419 ``bind``
5420 restrict memory allocation to the given host node list
5421
5422 ``interleave``
5423 interleave memory allocations across the given host node
5424 list
5425
5426 The ``align`` option specifies the base address alignment when
5427 QEMU mmap(2) ``mem-path``, and accepts common suffixes, eg
5428 ``2M``. Some backend store specified by ``mem-path`` requires an
5429 alignment different than the default one used by QEMU, eg the
5430 device DAX /dev/dax0.0 requires 2M alignment rather than 4K. In
5431 such cases, users can specify the required alignment via this
5432 option.
5433
Alexander Graf4b870dc2023-04-03 22:14:21 +00005434 The ``offset`` option specifies the offset into the target file
5435 that the region starts at. You can use this parameter to back
5436 multiple regions with a single file.
5437
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005438 The ``pmem`` option specifies whether the backing file specified
5439 by ``mem-path`` is in host persistent memory that can be
5440 accessed using the SNIA NVM programming model (e.g. Intel
5441 NVDIMM). If ``pmem`` is set to 'on', QEMU will take necessary
5442 operations to guarantee the persistence of its own writes to
5443 ``mem-path`` (e.g. in vNVDIMM label emulation and live
5444 migration). Also, we will map the backend-file with MAP\_SYNC
5445 flag, which ensures the file metadata is in sync for
5446 ``mem-path`` in case of host crash or a power failure. MAP\_SYNC
5447 requires support from both the host kernel (since Linux kernel
5448 4.15) and the filesystem of ``mem-path`` mounted with DAX
5449 option.
5450
Stefan Hajnoczi86635aa2021-01-04 17:13:19 +00005451 The ``readonly`` option specifies whether the backing file is opened
5452 read-only or read-write (default).
5453
David Hildenbrande92666b2023-09-06 14:04:55 +02005454 The ``rom`` option specifies whether to create Read Only Memory
5455 (ROM) that cannot be modified by the VM. Any write attempts to such
5456 ROM will be denied. Most use cases want proper RAM instead of ROM.
5457 However, selected use cases, like R/O NVDIMMs, can benefit from
5458 ROM. If set to ``on``, create ROM; if set to ``off``, create
5459 writable RAM; if set to ``auto`` (default), the value of the
5460 ``readonly`` option is used. This option is primarily helpful when
5461 we want to have writable RAM in configurations that would
5462 traditionally create ROM before the ``rom`` option was introduced:
5463 VM templating, where we want to open a file readonly
5464 (``readonly=on``) and mark the memory to be private for QEMU
5465 (``share=off``). For this use case, we need writable RAM instead
5466 of ROM, and want to also set ``rom=off``.
5467
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005468 ``-object memory-backend-ram,id=id,merge=on|off,dump=on|off,share=on|off,prealloc=on|off,size=size,host-nodes=host-nodes,policy=default|preferred|bind|interleave``
5469 Creates a memory backend object, which can be used to back the
5470 guest RAM. Memory backend objects offer more control than the
5471 ``-m`` option that is traditionally used to define guest RAM.
5472 Please refer to ``memory-backend-file`` for a description of the
5473 options.
5474
5475 ``-object memory-backend-memfd,id=id,merge=on|off,dump=on|off,share=on|off,prealloc=on|off,size=size,host-nodes=host-nodes,policy=default|preferred|bind|interleave,seal=on|off,hugetlb=on|off,hugetlbsize=size``
5476 Creates an anonymous memory file backend object, which allows
5477 QEMU to share the memory with an external process (e.g. when
5478 using vhost-user). The memory is allocated with memfd and
5479 optional sealing. (Linux only)
5480
5481 The ``seal`` option creates a sealed-file, that will block
5482 further resizing the memory ('on' by default).
5483
5484 The ``hugetlb`` option specify the file to be created resides in
5485 the hugetlbfs filesystem (since Linux 4.14). Used in conjunction
5486 with the ``hugetlb`` option, the ``hugetlbsize`` option specify
5487 the hugetlb page size on systems that support multiple hugetlb
5488 page sizes (it must be a power of 2 value supported by the
5489 system).
5490
5491 In some versions of Linux, the ``hugetlb`` option is
5492 incompatible with the ``seal`` option (requires at least Linux
5493 4.16).
5494
5495 Please refer to ``memory-backend-file`` for a description of the
5496 other options.
5497
5498 The ``share`` boolean option is on by default with memfd.
5499
Stefano Garzarella4e647fa2024-06-18 12:05:19 +02005500 ``-object memory-backend-shm,id=id,merge=on|off,dump=on|off,share=on|off,prealloc=on|off,size=size,host-nodes=host-nodes,policy=default|preferred|bind|interleave``
5501 Creates a POSIX shared memory backend object, which allows
5502 QEMU to share the memory with an external process (e.g. when
5503 using vhost-user).
5504
5505 ``memory-backend-shm`` is a more portable and less featureful version
5506 of ``memory-backend-memfd``. It can then be used in any POSIX system,
5507 especially when memfd is not supported.
5508
5509 Please refer to ``memory-backend-file`` for a description of the
5510 options.
5511
5512 The ``share`` boolean option is on by default with shm. Setting it to
5513 off will cause a failure during allocation because it is not supported
5514 by this backend.
5515
Eric Auger6e6d8ac2023-11-21 16:44:00 +08005516 ``-object iommufd,id=id[,fd=fd]``
5517 Creates an iommufd backend which allows control of DMA mapping
5518 through the ``/dev/iommu`` device.
5519
5520 The ``id`` parameter is a unique ID which frontends (such as
5521 vfio-pci of vdpa) will use to connect with the iommufd backend.
5522
5523 The ``fd`` parameter is an optional pre-opened file descriptor
5524 resulting from ``/dev/iommu`` opening. Usually the iommufd is shared
5525 across all subsystems, bringing the benefit of centralized
5526 reference counting.
5527
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005528 ``-object rng-builtin,id=id``
5529 Creates a random number generator backend which obtains entropy
5530 from QEMU builtin functions. The ``id`` parameter is a unique ID
5531 that will be used to reference this entropy backend from the
5532 ``virtio-rng`` device. By default, the ``virtio-rng`` device
5533 uses this RNG backend.
5534
5535 ``-object rng-random,id=id,filename=/dev/random``
5536 Creates a random number generator backend which obtains entropy
5537 from a device on the host. The ``id`` parameter is a unique ID
5538 that will be used to reference this entropy backend from the
5539 ``virtio-rng`` device. The ``filename`` parameter specifies
5540 which file to obtain entropy from and if omitted defaults to
5541 ``/dev/urandom``.
5542
5543 ``-object rng-egd,id=id,chardev=chardevid``
5544 Creates a random number generator backend which obtains entropy
5545 from an external daemon running on the host. The ``id``
5546 parameter is a unique ID that will be used to reference this
5547 entropy backend from the ``virtio-rng`` device. The ``chardev``
5548 parameter is the unique ID of a character device backend that
5549 provides the connection to the RNG daemon.
5550
5551 ``-object tls-creds-anon,id=id,endpoint=endpoint,dir=/path/to/cred/dir,verify-peer=on|off``
5552 Creates a TLS anonymous credentials object, which can be used to
5553 provide TLS support on network backends. The ``id`` parameter is
5554 a unique ID which network backends will use to access the
5555 credentials. The ``endpoint`` is either ``server`` or ``client``
5556 depending on whether the QEMU network backend that uses the
5557 credentials will be acting as a client or as a server. If
5558 ``verify-peer`` is enabled (the default) then once the handshake
5559 is completed, the peer credentials will be verified, though this
5560 is a no-op for anonymous credentials.
5561
5562 The dir parameter tells QEMU where to find the credential files.
5563 For server endpoints, this directory may contain a file
5564 dh-params.pem providing diffie-hellman parameters to use for the
5565 TLS server. If the file is missing, QEMU will generate a set of
5566 DH parameters at startup. This is a computationally expensive
5567 operation that consumes random pool entropy, so it is
5568 recommended that a persistent set of parameters be generated
5569 upfront and saved.
5570
5571 ``-object tls-creds-psk,id=id,endpoint=endpoint,dir=/path/to/keys/dir[,username=username]``
5572 Creates a TLS Pre-Shared Keys (PSK) credentials object, which
5573 can be used to provide TLS support on network backends. The
5574 ``id`` parameter is a unique ID which network backends will use
5575 to access the credentials. The ``endpoint`` is either ``server``
5576 or ``client`` depending on whether the QEMU network backend that
5577 uses the credentials will be acting as a client or as a server.
5578 For clients only, ``username`` is the username which will be
5579 sent to the server. If omitted it defaults to "qemu".
5580
5581 The dir parameter tells QEMU where to find the keys file. It is
5582 called "dir/keys.psk" and contains "username:key" pairs. This
5583 file can most easily be created using the GnuTLS ``psktool``
5584 program.
5585
5586 For server endpoints, dir may also contain a file dh-params.pem
5587 providing diffie-hellman parameters to use for the TLS server.
5588 If the file is missing, QEMU will generate a set of DH
5589 parameters at startup. This is a computationally expensive
5590 operation that consumes random pool entropy, so it is
5591 recommended that a persistent set of parameters be generated up
5592 front and saved.
5593
5594 ``-object tls-creds-x509,id=id,endpoint=endpoint,dir=/path/to/cred/dir,priority=priority,verify-peer=on|off,passwordid=id``
5595 Creates a TLS anonymous credentials object, which can be used to
5596 provide TLS support on network backends. The ``id`` parameter is
5597 a unique ID which network backends will use to access the
5598 credentials. The ``endpoint`` is either ``server`` or ``client``
5599 depending on whether the QEMU network backend that uses the
5600 credentials will be acting as a client or as a server. If
5601 ``verify-peer`` is enabled (the default) then once the handshake
5602 is completed, the peer credentials will be verified. With x509
5603 certificates, this implies that the clients must be provided
5604 with valid client certificates too.
5605
5606 The dir parameter tells QEMU where to find the credential files.
5607 For server endpoints, this directory may contain a file
5608 dh-params.pem providing diffie-hellman parameters to use for the
5609 TLS server. If the file is missing, QEMU will generate a set of
5610 DH parameters at startup. This is a computationally expensive
5611 operation that consumes random pool entropy, so it is
5612 recommended that a persistent set of parameters be generated
5613 upfront and saved.
5614
5615 For x509 certificate credentials the directory will contain
5616 further files providing the x509 certificates. The certificates
5617 must be stored in PEM format, in filenames ca-cert.pem,
5618 ca-crl.pem (optional), server-cert.pem (only servers),
5619 server-key.pem (only servers), client-cert.pem (only clients),
5620 and client-key.pem (only clients).
5621
5622 For the server-key.pem and client-key.pem files which contain
5623 sensitive private keys, it is possible to use an encrypted
5624 version by providing the passwordid parameter. This provides the
5625 ID of a previously created ``secret`` object containing the
5626 password for decryption.
5627
5628 The priority parameter allows to override the global default
5629 priority used by gnutls. This can be useful if the system
5630 administrator needs to use a weaker set of crypto priorities for
5631 QEMU without potentially forcing the weakness onto all
5632 applications. Or conversely if one wants wants a stronger
5633 default for QEMU than for all other applications, they can do
5634 this through this parameter. Its format is a gnutls priority
5635 string as described at
5636 https://gnutls.org/manual/html_node/Priority-Strings.html.
5637
Philippe Mathieu-Daudé993aec22018-10-11 20:21:11 +02005638 ``-object tls-cipher-suites,id=id,priority=priority``
5639 Creates a TLS cipher suites object, which can be used to control
5640 the TLS cipher/protocol algorithms that applications are permitted
5641 to use.
5642
5643 The ``id`` parameter is a unique ID which frontends will use to
5644 access the ordered list of permitted TLS cipher suites from the
5645 host.
5646
5647 The ``priority`` parameter allows to override the global default
5648 priority used by gnutls. This can be useful if the system
5649 administrator needs to use a weaker set of crypto priorities for
5650 QEMU without potentially forcing the weakness onto all
5651 applications. Or conversely if one wants wants a stronger
5652 default for QEMU than for all other applications, they can do
5653 this through this parameter. Its format is a gnutls priority
5654 string as described at
5655 https://gnutls.org/manual/html_node/Priority-Strings.html.
5656
Philippe Mathieu-Daudé69699f32020-05-14 15:15:47 +02005657 An example of use of this object is to control UEFI HTTPS Boot.
5658 The tls-cipher-suites object exposes the ordered list of permitted
5659 TLS cipher suites from the host side to the guest firmware, via
5660 fw_cfg. The list is represented as an array of IANA_TLS_CIPHER
5661 objects. The firmware uses the IANA_TLS_CIPHER array for configuring
5662 guest-side TLS.
5663
5664 In the following example, the priority at which the host-side policy
5665 is retrieved is given by the ``priority`` property.
5666 Given that QEMU uses GNUTLS, ``priority=@SYSTEM`` may be used to
5667 refer to /etc/crypto-policies/back-ends/gnutls.config.
5668
5669 .. parsed-literal::
5670
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02005671 # |qemu_system| \\
5672 -object tls-cipher-suites,id=mysuite0,priority=@SYSTEM \\
Philippe Mathieu-Daudé69699f32020-05-14 15:15:47 +02005673 -fw_cfg name=etc/edk2/https/ciphers,gen_id=mysuite0
5674
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005675 ``-object filter-buffer,id=id,netdev=netdevid,interval=t[,queue=all|rx|tx][,status=on|off][,position=head|tail|id=<id>][,insert=behind|before]``
5676 Interval t can't be 0, this filter batches the packet delivery:
5677 all packets arriving in a given interval on netdev netdevid are
5678 delayed until the end of the interval. Interval is in
5679 microseconds. ``status`` is optional that indicate whether the
5680 netfilter is on (enabled) or off (disabled), the default status
5681 for netfilter will be 'on'.
5682
5683 queue all\|rx\|tx is an option that can be applied to any
5684 netfilter.
5685
5686 ``all``: the filter is attached both to the receive and the
5687 transmit queue of the netdev (default).
5688
5689 ``rx``: the filter is attached to the receive queue of the
5690 netdev, where it will receive packets sent to the netdev.
5691
5692 ``tx``: the filter is attached to the transmit queue of the
5693 netdev, where it will receive packets sent by the netdev.
5694
5695 position head\|tail\|id=<id> is an option to specify where the
5696 filter should be inserted in the filter list. It can be applied
5697 to any netfilter.
5698
5699 ``head``: the filter is inserted at the head of the filter list,
5700 before any existing filters.
5701
5702 ``tail``: the filter is inserted at the tail of the filter list,
5703 behind any existing filters (default).
5704
5705 ``id=<id>``: the filter is inserted before or behind the filter
5706 specified by <id>, see the insert option below.
5707
5708 insert behind\|before is an option to specify where to insert
5709 the new filter relative to the one specified with
5710 position=id=<id>. It can be applied to any netfilter.
5711
5712 ``before``: insert before the specified filter.
5713
5714 ``behind``: insert behind the specified filter (default).
5715
5716 ``-object filter-mirror,id=id,netdev=netdevid,outdev=chardevid,queue=all|rx|tx[,vnet_hdr_support][,position=head|tail|id=<id>][,insert=behind|before]``
5717 filter-mirror on netdev netdevid,mirror net packet to
5718 chardevchardevid, if it has the vnet\_hdr\_support flag,
5719 filter-mirror will mirror packet with vnet\_hdr\_len.
5720
5721 ``-object filter-redirector,id=id,netdev=netdevid,indev=chardevid,outdev=chardevid,queue=all|rx|tx[,vnet_hdr_support][,position=head|tail|id=<id>][,insert=behind|before]``
5722 filter-redirector on netdev netdevid,redirect filter's net
5723 packet to chardev chardevid,and redirect indev's packet to
5724 filter.if it has the vnet\_hdr\_support flag, filter-redirector
5725 will redirect packet with vnet\_hdr\_len. Create a
5726 filter-redirector we need to differ outdev id from indev id, id
5727 can not be the same. we can just use indev or outdev, but at
5728 least one of indev or outdev need to be specified.
5729
5730 ``-object filter-rewriter,id=id,netdev=netdevid,queue=all|rx|tx,[vnet_hdr_support][,position=head|tail|id=<id>][,insert=behind|before]``
5731 Filter-rewriter is a part of COLO project.It will rewrite tcp
5732 packet to secondary from primary to keep secondary tcp
5733 connection,and rewrite tcp packet to primary from secondary make
5734 tcp packet can be handled by client.if it has the
5735 vnet\_hdr\_support flag, we can parse packet with vnet header.
5736
5737 usage: colo secondary: -object
5738 filter-redirector,id=f1,netdev=hn0,queue=tx,indev=red0 -object
5739 filter-redirector,id=f2,netdev=hn0,queue=rx,outdev=red1 -object
5740 filter-rewriter,id=rew0,netdev=hn0,queue=all
5741
5742 ``-object filter-dump,id=id,netdev=dev[,file=filename][,maxlen=len][,position=head|tail|id=<id>][,insert=behind|before]``
5743 Dump the network traffic on netdev dev to the file specified by
5744 filename. At most len bytes (64k by default) per packet are
5745 stored. The file format is libpcap, so it can be analyzed with
5746 tools such as tcpdump or Wireshark.
5747
Zhang Chena2e5cb72020-06-24 09:20:41 +08005748 ``-object colo-compare,id=id,primary_in=chardevid,secondary_in=chardevid,outdev=chardevid,iothread=id[,vnet_hdr_support][,notify_dev=id][,compare_timeout=@var{ms}][,expired_scan_cycle=@var{ms}][,max_queue_size=@var{size}]``
Zhang Chen2b28a7e2020-06-24 09:20:42 +08005749 Colo-compare gets packet from primary\_in chardevid and
5750 secondary\_in, then compare whether the payload of primary packet
5751 and secondary packet are the same. If same, it will output
5752 primary packet to out\_dev, else it will notify COLO-framework to do
5753 checkpoint and send primary packet to out\_dev. In order to
5754 improve efficiency, we need to put the task of comparison in
5755 another iothread. If it has the vnet\_hdr\_support flag,
5756 colo compare will send/recv packet with vnet\_hdr\_len.
5757 The compare\_timeout=@var{ms} determines the maximum time of the
5758 colo-compare hold the packet. The expired\_scan\_cycle=@var{ms}
5759 is to set the period of scanning expired primary node network packets.
5760 The max\_queue\_size=@var{size} is to set the max compare queue
5761 size depend on user environment.
5762 If user want to use Xen COLO, need to add the notify\_dev to
Zhang Chen9cc43c92020-03-18 16:23:19 +08005763 notify Xen colo-frame to do checkpoint.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005764
Zhang Chen2b28a7e2020-06-24 09:20:42 +08005765 COLO-compare must be used with the help of filter-mirror,
5766 filter-redirector and filter-rewriter.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005767
5768 ::
5769
5770 KVM COLO
5771
5772 primary:
Michael Tokarev7aa94e52024-01-07 14:24:59 +03005773 -netdev tap,id=hn0,vhost=off
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005774 -device e1000,id=e0,netdev=hn0,mac=52:a4:00:12:78:66
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00005775 -chardev socket,id=mirror0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9003,server=on,wait=off
5776 -chardev socket,id=compare1,host=3.3.3.3,port=9004,server=on,wait=off
5777 -chardev socket,id=compare0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9001,server=on,wait=off
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005778 -chardev socket,id=compare0-0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9001
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00005779 -chardev socket,id=compare_out,host=3.3.3.3,port=9005,server=on,wait=off
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005780 -chardev socket,id=compare_out0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9005
5781 -object iothread,id=iothread1
5782 -object filter-mirror,id=m0,netdev=hn0,queue=tx,outdev=mirror0
5783 -object filter-redirector,netdev=hn0,id=redire0,queue=rx,indev=compare_out
5784 -object filter-redirector,netdev=hn0,id=redire1,queue=rx,outdev=compare0
5785 -object colo-compare,id=comp0,primary_in=compare0-0,secondary_in=compare1,outdev=compare_out0,iothread=iothread1
5786
5787 secondary:
Michael Tokarev7aa94e52024-01-07 14:24:59 +03005788 -netdev tap,id=hn0,vhost=off
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005789 -device e1000,netdev=hn0,mac=52:a4:00:12:78:66
5790 -chardev socket,id=red0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9003
5791 -chardev socket,id=red1,host=3.3.3.3,port=9004
5792 -object filter-redirector,id=f1,netdev=hn0,queue=tx,indev=red0
5793 -object filter-redirector,id=f2,netdev=hn0,queue=rx,outdev=red1
5794
5795
5796 Xen COLO
5797
5798 primary:
Michael Tokarev7aa94e52024-01-07 14:24:59 +03005799 -netdev tap,id=hn0,vhost=off
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005800 -device e1000,id=e0,netdev=hn0,mac=52:a4:00:12:78:66
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00005801 -chardev socket,id=mirror0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9003,server=on,wait=off
5802 -chardev socket,id=compare1,host=3.3.3.3,port=9004,server=on,wait=off
5803 -chardev socket,id=compare0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9001,server=on,wait=off
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005804 -chardev socket,id=compare0-0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9001
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00005805 -chardev socket,id=compare_out,host=3.3.3.3,port=9005,server=on,wait=off
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005806 -chardev socket,id=compare_out0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9005
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00005807 -chardev socket,id=notify_way,host=3.3.3.3,port=9009,server=on,wait=off
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005808 -object filter-mirror,id=m0,netdev=hn0,queue=tx,outdev=mirror0
5809 -object filter-redirector,netdev=hn0,id=redire0,queue=rx,indev=compare_out
5810 -object filter-redirector,netdev=hn0,id=redire1,queue=rx,outdev=compare0
5811 -object iothread,id=iothread1
Manos Pitsidianakis835f3642024-02-20 10:52:23 +02005812 -object colo-compare,id=comp0,primary_in=compare0-0,secondary_in=compare1,outdev=compare_out0,notify_dev=notify_way,iothread=iothread1
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005813
5814 secondary:
Michael Tokarev7aa94e52024-01-07 14:24:59 +03005815 -netdev tap,id=hn0,vhost=off
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005816 -device e1000,netdev=hn0,mac=52:a4:00:12:78:66
5817 -chardev socket,id=red0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9003
5818 -chardev socket,id=red1,host=3.3.3.3,port=9004
5819 -object filter-redirector,id=f1,netdev=hn0,queue=tx,indev=red0
5820 -object filter-redirector,id=f2,netdev=hn0,queue=rx,outdev=red1
5821
5822 If you want to know the detail of above command line, you can
5823 read the colo-compare git log.
5824
5825 ``-object cryptodev-backend-builtin,id=id[,queues=queues]``
Stefan Weil1e458f12022-10-30 11:59:44 +01005826 Creates a cryptodev backend which executes crypto operations from
5827 the QEMU cipher APIs. The id parameter is a unique ID that will
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005828 be used to reference this cryptodev backend from the
5829 ``virtio-crypto`` device. The queues parameter is optional,
5830 which specify the queue number of cryptodev backend, the default
5831 of queues is 1.
5832
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00005833 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005834
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02005835 # |qemu_system| \\
5836 [...] \\
5837 -object cryptodev-backend-builtin,id=cryptodev0 \\
5838 -device virtio-crypto-pci,id=crypto0,cryptodev=cryptodev0 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005839 [...]
5840
5841 ``-object cryptodev-vhost-user,id=id,chardev=chardevid[,queues=queues]``
5842 Creates a vhost-user cryptodev backend, backed by a chardev
5843 chardevid. The id parameter is a unique ID that will be used to
5844 reference this cryptodev backend from the ``virtio-crypto``
5845 device. The chardev should be a unix domain socket backed one.
5846 The vhost-user uses a specifically defined protocol to pass
5847 vhost ioctl replacement messages to an application on the other
5848 end of the socket. The queues parameter is optional, which
5849 specify the queue number of cryptodev backend for multiqueue
5850 vhost-user, the default of queues is 1.
5851
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00005852 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005853
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02005854 # |qemu_system| \\
5855 [...] \\
5856 -chardev socket,id=chardev0,path=/path/to/socket \\
5857 -object cryptodev-vhost-user,id=cryptodev0,chardev=chardev0 \\
5858 -device virtio-crypto-pci,id=crypto0,cryptodev=cryptodev0 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005859 [...]
5860
5861 ``-object secret,id=id,data=string,format=raw|base64[,keyid=secretid,iv=string]``
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00005862 \
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005863 ``-object secret,id=id,file=filename,format=raw|base64[,keyid=secretid,iv=string]``
5864 Defines a secret to store a password, encryption key, or some
5865 other sensitive data. The sensitive data can either be passed
5866 directly via the data parameter, or indirectly via the file
5867 parameter. Using the data parameter is insecure unless the
5868 sensitive data is encrypted.
5869
5870 The sensitive data can be provided in raw format (the default),
5871 or base64. When encoded as JSON, the raw format only supports
5872 valid UTF-8 characters, so base64 is recommended for sending
5873 binary data. QEMU will convert from which ever format is
5874 provided to the format it needs internally. eg, an RBD password
5875 can be provided in raw format, even though it will be base64
5876 encoded when passed onto the RBD sever.
5877
5878 For added protection, it is possible to encrypt the data
5879 associated with a secret using the AES-256-CBC cipher. Use of
5880 encryption is indicated by providing the keyid and iv
5881 parameters. The keyid parameter provides the ID of a previously
5882 defined secret that contains the AES-256 decryption key. This
5883 key should be 32-bytes long and be base64 encoded. The iv
5884 parameter provides the random initialization vector used for
5885 encryption of this particular secret and should be a base64
5886 encrypted string of the 16-byte IV.
5887
5888 The simplest (insecure) usage is to provide the secret inline
5889
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00005890 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005891
5892 # |qemu_system| -object secret,id=sec0,data=letmein,format=raw
5893
5894 The simplest secure usage is to provide the secret via a file
5895
5896 # printf "letmein" > mypasswd.txt # QEMU\_SYSTEM\_MACRO -object
5897 secret,id=sec0,file=mypasswd.txt,format=raw
5898
5899 For greater security, AES-256-CBC should be used. To illustrate
5900 usage, consider the openssl command line tool which can encrypt
5901 the data. Note that when encrypting, the plaintext must be
5902 padded to the cipher block size (32 bytes) using the standard
5903 PKCS#5/6 compatible padding algorithm.
5904
5905 First a master key needs to be created in base64 encoding:
5906
5907 ::
5908
5909 # openssl rand -base64 32 > key.b64
5910 # KEY=$(base64 -d key.b64 | hexdump -v -e '/1 "%02X"')
5911
5912 Each secret to be encrypted needs to have a random
5913 initialization vector generated. These do not need to be kept
5914 secret
5915
5916 ::
5917
5918 # openssl rand -base64 16 > iv.b64
5919 # IV=$(base64 -d iv.b64 | hexdump -v -e '/1 "%02X"')
5920
5921 The secret to be defined can now be encrypted, in this case
5922 we're telling openssl to base64 encode the result, but it could
5923 be left as raw bytes if desired.
5924
5925 ::
5926
5927 # SECRET=$(printf "letmein" |
5928 openssl enc -aes-256-cbc -a -K $KEY -iv $IV)
5929
5930 When launching QEMU, create a master secret pointing to
5931 ``key.b64`` and specify that to be used to decrypt the user
5932 password. Pass the contents of ``iv.b64`` to the second secret
5933
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00005934 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005935
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02005936 # |qemu_system| \\
5937 -object secret,id=secmaster0,format=base64,file=key.b64 \\
5938 -object secret,id=sec0,keyid=secmaster0,format=base64,\\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005939 data=$SECRET,iv=$(<iv.b64)
5940
Dov Murik55cdf562021-11-11 10:00:43 +00005941 ``-object sev-guest,id=id,cbitpos=cbitpos,reduced-phys-bits=val,[sev-device=string,policy=policy,handle=handle,dh-cert-file=file,session-file=file,kernel-hashes=on|off]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005942 Create a Secure Encrypted Virtualization (SEV) guest object,
5943 which can be used to provide the guest memory encryption support
5944 on AMD processors.
5945
5946 When memory encryption is enabled, one of the physical address
5947 bit (aka the C-bit) is utilized to mark if a memory page is
5948 protected. The ``cbitpos`` is used to provide the C-bit
5949 position. The C-bit position is Host family dependent hence user
5950 must provide this value. On EPYC, the value should be 47.
5951
5952 When memory encryption is enabled, we loose certain bits in
5953 physical address space. The ``reduced-phys-bits`` is used to
5954 provide the number of bits we loose in physical address space.
5955 Similar to C-bit, the value is Host family dependent. On EPYC,
Tom Lendacky326e3012022-09-30 10:14:28 -05005956 a guest will lose a maximum of 1 bit, so the value should be 1.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005957
5958 The ``sev-device`` provides the device file to use for
5959 communicating with the SEV firmware running inside AMD Secure
5960 Processor. The default device is '/dev/sev'. If hardware
5961 supports memory encryption then /dev/sev devices are created by
5962 CCP driver.
5963
5964 The ``policy`` provides the guest policy to be enforced by the
5965 SEV firmware and restrict what configuration and operational
5966 commands can be performed on this guest by the hypervisor. The
5967 policy should be provided by the guest owner and is bound to the
5968 guest and cannot be changed throughout the lifetime of the
5969 guest. The default is 0.
5970
5971 If guest ``policy`` allows sharing the key with another SEV
5972 guest then ``handle`` can be use to provide handle of the guest
5973 from which to share the key.
5974
5975 The ``dh-cert-file`` and ``session-file`` provides the guest
5976 owner's Public Diffie-Hillman key defined in SEV spec. The PDH
5977 and session parameters are used for establishing a cryptographic
5978 session with the guest owner to negotiate keys used for
5979 attestation. The file must be encoded in base64.
5980
Dov Murik55cdf562021-11-11 10:00:43 +00005981 The ``kernel-hashes`` adds the hashes of given kernel/initrd/
5982 cmdline to a designated guest firmware page for measured Linux
5983 boot with -kernel. The default is off. (Since 6.2)
5984
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005985 e.g to launch a SEV guest
5986
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00005987 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005988
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02005989 # |qemu_system_x86| \\
5990 ...... \\
Tom Lendacky326e3012022-09-30 10:14:28 -05005991 -object sev-guest,id=sev0,cbitpos=47,reduced-phys-bits=1 \\
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02005992 -machine ...,memory-encryption=sev0 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005993 .....
5994
5995 ``-object authz-simple,id=id,identity=string``
5996 Create an authorization object that will control access to
5997 network services.
5998
5999 The ``identity`` parameter is identifies the user and its format
6000 depends on the network service that authorization object is
6001 associated with. For authorizing based on TLS x509 certificates,
6002 the identity must be the x509 distinguished name. Note that care
6003 must be taken to escape any commas in the distinguished name.
6004
6005 An example authorization object to validate a x509 distinguished
6006 name would look like:
6007
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00006008 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00006009
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02006010 # |qemu_system| \\
6011 ... \\
6012 -object 'authz-simple,id=auth0,identity=CN=laptop.example.com,,O=Example Org,,L=London,,ST=London,,C=GB' \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00006013 ...
6014
6015 Note the use of quotes due to the x509 distinguished name
6016 containing whitespace, and escaping of ','.
6017
Daniel P. Berrangé4d7beea2020-11-04 13:57:21 +00006018 ``-object authz-listfile,id=id,filename=path,refresh=on|off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00006019 Create an authorization object that will control access to
6020 network services.
6021
6022 The ``filename`` parameter is the fully qualified path to a file
6023 containing the access control list rules in JSON format.
6024
6025 An example set of rules that match against SASL usernames might
6026 look like:
6027
6028 ::
6029
6030 {
6031 "rules": [
6032 { "match": "fred", "policy": "allow", "format": "exact" },
6033 { "match": "bob", "policy": "allow", "format": "exact" },
6034 { "match": "danb", "policy": "deny", "format": "glob" },
6035 { "match": "dan*", "policy": "allow", "format": "exact" },
6036 ],
6037 "policy": "deny"
6038 }
6039
6040 When checking access the object will iterate over all the rules
6041 and the first rule to match will have its ``policy`` value
6042 returned as the result. If no rules match, then the default
6043 ``policy`` value is returned.
6044
6045 The rules can either be an exact string match, or they can use
6046 the simple UNIX glob pattern matching to allow wildcards to be
6047 used.
6048
6049 If ``refresh`` is set to true the file will be monitored and
6050 automatically reloaded whenever its content changes.
6051
6052 As with the ``authz-simple`` object, the format of the identity
6053 strings being matched depends on the network service, but is
6054 usually a TLS x509 distinguished name, or a SASL username.
6055
6056 An example authorization object to validate a SASL username
6057 would look like:
6058
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00006059 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00006060
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02006061 # |qemu_system| \\
6062 ... \\
Daniel P. Berrangé4d7beea2020-11-04 13:57:21 +00006063 -object authz-simple,id=auth0,filename=/etc/qemu/vnc-sasl.acl,refresh=on \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00006064 ...
6065
6066 ``-object authz-pam,id=id,service=string``
6067 Create an authorization object that will control access to
6068 network services.
6069
6070 The ``service`` parameter provides the name of a PAM service to
6071 use for authorization. It requires that a file
6072 ``/etc/pam.d/service`` exist to provide the configuration for
6073 the ``account`` subsystem.
6074
6075 An example authorization object to validate a TLS x509
6076 distinguished name would look like:
6077
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00006078 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00006079
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02006080 # |qemu_system| \\
6081 ... \\
6082 -object authz-pam,id=auth0,service=qemu-vnc \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00006083 ...
6084
6085 There would then be a corresponding config file for PAM at
6086 ``/etc/pam.d/qemu-vnc`` that contains:
6087
6088 ::
6089
6090 account requisite pam_listfile.so item=user sense=allow \
6091 file=/etc/qemu/vnc.allow
6092
6093 Finally the ``/etc/qemu/vnc.allow`` file would contain the list
Stefan Weil1e458f12022-10-30 11:59:44 +01006094 of x509 distinguished names that are permitted access
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00006095
6096 ::
6097
6098 CN=laptop.example.com,O=Example Home,L=London,ST=London,C=GB
6099
Stefano Garzarella1793ad02021-07-21 11:42:10 +02006100 ``-object iothread,id=id,poll-max-ns=poll-max-ns,poll-grow=poll-grow,poll-shrink=poll-shrink,aio-max-batch=aio-max-batch``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00006101 Creates a dedicated event loop thread that devices can be
6102 assigned to. This is known as an IOThread. By default device
6103 emulation happens in vCPU threads or the main event loop thread.
6104 This can become a scalability bottleneck. IOThreads allow device
6105 emulation and I/O to run on other host CPUs.
6106
6107 The ``id`` parameter is a unique ID that will be used to
6108 reference this IOThread from ``-device ...,iothread=id``.
6109 Multiple devices can be assigned to an IOThread. Note that not
6110 all devices support an ``iothread`` parameter.
6111
6112 The ``query-iothreads`` QMP command lists IOThreads and reports
6113 their thread IDs so that the user can configure host CPU
6114 pinning/affinity.
6115
6116 IOThreads use an adaptive polling algorithm to reduce event loop
6117 latency. Instead of entering a blocking system call to monitor
6118 file descriptors and then pay the cost of being woken up when an
6119 event occurs, the polling algorithm spins waiting for events for
6120 a short time. The algorithm's default parameters are suitable
6121 for many cases but can be adjusted based on knowledge of the
6122 workload and/or host device latency.
6123
6124 The ``poll-max-ns`` parameter is the maximum number of
6125 nanoseconds to busy wait for events. Polling can be disabled by
6126 setting this value to 0.
6127
6128 The ``poll-grow`` parameter is the multiplier used to increase
6129 the polling time when the algorithm detects it is missing events
6130 due to not polling long enough.
6131
6132 The ``poll-shrink`` parameter is the divisor used to decrease
6133 the polling time when the algorithm detects it is spending too
6134 long polling without encountering events.
6135
Stefano Garzarella1793ad02021-07-21 11:42:10 +02006136 The ``aio-max-batch`` parameter is the maximum number of requests
6137 in a batch for the AIO engine, 0 means that the engine will use
6138 its default.
6139
6140 The IOThread parameters can be modified at run-time using the
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00006141 ``qom-set`` command (where ``iothread1`` is the IOThread's
6142 ``id``):
6143
6144 ::
6145
6146 (qemu) qom-set /objects/iothread1 poll-max-ns 100000
6147ERST
Daniel P. Berrangeb9174d42015-05-13 17:14:03 +01006148
6149
Stefan Weil3dbf2c72010-01-16 18:19:44 +01006150HXCOMM This is the last statement. Insert new options before this line!
Paolo Bonzinifd5fc4b2021-05-17 07:34:21 -04006151
6152#undef DEF
6153#undef DEFHEADING
6154#undef ARCHHEADING